KT Litmus2
Hello everyone,
Recently I saw a very good indicator on TV called Ichimoku Oscillator. This is a K-line convergence and divergence indicator similar to MACD. After backtesting research, this indicator performs well on long-term trends.
Since it is an indicator, it is made into a strategy category. Several optimizations have also been made.
This strategy takes into account the following market factors:
EMA -> Trend
Fast line - slow line -> moving average
EMA Squeeze -> Momentum Conversion, Trend
ATR -> Noise Reduction
How does it compare to the original indicator?
Optimized background display so the canvas doesn't feel cluttered with excessive colors.
Optimized part of the position reduction logic so that too many trading signals will not affect the performance of the strategy.
NOTE: As you can see, there are potential improvements that can be made by merging volumes.
Signal
Input level -> Kinetic energy enhancement, +4 long, -4 short
Partial exit level -> moving average (EMA | fast and slow line) crossing, trend unchanged
All exit levels -> trend conversion
Risk Management
"Trend Stop Loss" and "Momentum Take Profit" are used here.
Trend stop loss: Use the conversion of the strategy trend parameter wave range to close the order.
Momentum take profit: take advantage of the weakening or reverse trend momentum of the strategy to take profit.
As described, the strategy has obvious advantages in trend trading, but in volatile markets, stop loss may be triggered due to frequent signals.
Now, a set of knowledge is provided for the inexperienced reader.
MACD usually consists of three components. The MACD line is the fast exponential moving average (usually taken on the 12th day) minus the slow exponential moving average (usually taken on the 26th day), generally called the difference (DIF). The second line is the signal line, which is the exponential moving average of DIF (usually 9 days), generally called DEA. The last component is the MACD histogram, whose value is the difference between DIF and DEA. However, the time value of the MACD indicator can also be adjusted according to the trader's preference and trading category.
The underlying logic of DIF is that the short-term exponential moving average reflects current price movements, while the long-term EMA reflects earlier price movements. Therefore, if there is a large gap between these two EMAs, then the market is trending up or down. While the MACD histogram is oscillating around the zero line, indicating the strength of the trend.
EMA: Exponential Moving Average; similar to a simple moving average but exponentially weights the input data.
Sincerely,
salute
---
Acknowledgments:
@LonesomeTheBlue
renew
March 14
Strategies for increasing Python version
Cari dalam skrip untuk "Divergence"
CULTURATRADING STRATEGYThe "CULTURATRADING STRATEGY" is designed to capitalize on market trends by incorporating a combination of technical indicators that signal potential entry and exit points for trades on various assets. This strategy is not just a mere collection of indicators but a well-thought-out approach that synergizes different market signals to optimize trade decisions.
The script uses the MACD (Moving Average Convergence Divergence) to gauge momentum and trend direction, with the slope of the MACD line serving as a trigger for market entries. A positive slope suggests an upward trend and potential long entry, while a negative slope indicates a downward trend and a possible short entry.
In tandem with the MACD, the ADX (Average Directional Index) is utilized to measure the strength of the trend. An ADX value above 25 signifies a strong trend, which, when aligned with MACD signals, can validate the trade entries.
The RSI (Relative Strength Index) is another critical component, identifying overbought and oversold conditions. This strategy looks for crossovers above and below key levels (60 for overbought, 40 for oversold) to determine high-probability turning points in the market. The inclusion of a 20-period SMA (Simple Moving Average) of the RSI adds a layer to filter the signals further, allowing for the refinement of entry and exit points.
The script employs a dynamic stop-loss system, set at the lowest low of the past 20 bars for long positions and the highest high for shorts, to manage risk effectively. The strategy is configured for a $10,000 account, risking a reasonable portion of capital per trade, with a pyramid effect to allow for diversified entries from various signals. The backtesting results are based on a 5% capital allocation per trade and include a 0.08% commission. To ensure accurate backtesting, the script includes an additional percentage to account for slippage within the commission.
To provide a comprehensive understanding, the script also outputs a "volatility histogram" based on the ADX, offering insights into market volatility and helping to time the trades better.
This strategy has been backtested across different timeframes and assets, showing resilience in various market conditions. It is essential to check the 'recalculate after order filled' option due to the dynamic nature of stop-loss orders.
This script is paired with the "CULTURATRADING INDICATOR" for enhanced signal clarity, providing a holistic view of the strategy's performance. Please note that this script is for educational purposes and should not be taken as financial advice.
The "CULTURATRADING INDICATOR" is an essential tool that works in conjunction with the "CULTURATRADING STRATEGY" to provide traders with a clear visualization of the market's conditions. It enhances the strategy by offering visual cues that help interpret complex market data more intuitively.
The indicator displays key RSI levels, such as 60 for overbought conditions and 40 for oversold conditions, with a mid-level at 55 to indicate when a trend may be weakening. The colors on the RSI line change to reflect these conditions, offering a quick reference for traders: a blue color signifies an RSI above 60, indicating overbought conditions; a red color shows an RSI below 40, pointing to oversold conditions; and white represents values in between, suggesting a neutral state.
Moreover, the volatility histogram, which is part of the "CULTURATRADING INDICATOR," provides a visual representation of market volatility. The histogram changes colors based on the ADX value and the slope of the MACD line. For instance, a green histogram suggests a positive MACD slope during a strong trend, indicating potential bullish momentum. Conversely, a red histogram implies a negative MACD slope during strong trends, hinting at bearish momentum. A grey color might be used to represent periods when the trend is weak or the market is less volatile.
Together, these visual elements of the "CULTURATRADING INDICATOR" complement the strategy's signals, providing traders with an at-a-glance summary of the current market scenario, which can be particularly useful when managing multiple trades or assessing opportunities quickly.
Please remember, this script and its associated indicator are designed to serve as educational tools to assist in understanding market dynamics and are not intended as financial advice. Always conduct your own research and consider consulting a financial advisor for personalized guidance.
MACD of Relative Strenght StrategyMACD Relative Strenght Strategy :
INTRODUCTION :
This strategy is based on two well-known indicators: MACD and Relative Strenght (RS). By coupling them, we obtain powerful buy signals. In fact, the special feature of this strategy is that it creates an indicator from an indicator. Thus, we construct a MACD whose source is the value of the RS. The strategy only takes buy signals, ignoring SHORT signals as they are mostly losers. There's also a money management method enabling us to reinvest part of the profits or reduce the size of orders in the event of substantial losses.
RELATIVE STRENGHT :
RS is an indicator that measures the anomaly between momentum and the assumption of market efficiency. It is used by professionals and is one of the most robust indicators. The idea is to own assets that do better than average, based on their past performance. We calculate RS using this formula :
RS = close/highest_high(RS_Length)
Where highest_high(RS_Length) = highest value of the high over a user-defined time period (which is the RS_Length).
We can thus situate the current price in relation to its highest price over this user-defined period.
MACD (Moving Average Convergence - Divergence) :
This is one of the best-known indicators, measuring the distance between two exponential moving averages : one fast and one slower. A wide distance indicates fast momentum and vice versa. We'll plot the value of this distance and call this line macdline. The MACD uses a third moving average with a lower period than the first two. This last moving average will give a signal when it crosses the macdline. It is therefore constructed using the values of the macdline as its source.
It's important to note that the first two MAs are constructed using RS values as their source. So we've just built an indicator of an indicator. This kind of method is very powerful because it is rarely used and brings value to the strategy.
PARAMETERS :
RS Length : Relative Strength length i.e. the number of candles back to find the highest high and compare the current price with this high. Default is 300.
MACD Fast Length : Relative Strength fast EMA length used to plot the MACD. Default is 14.
MACD Slow Length : Relative Strength slow EMA length used to plot the MACD. Default is 26.
MACD Signal Smoothing : Macdline SMA length used to plot the MACD. Default is 10.
Max risk per trade (in %) : The maximum loss a trade can incur (in percentage of the trade value). Default is 8%.
Fixed Ratio : This is the amount of gain or loss at which the order quantity is changed. Default is 400, meaning that for each $400 gain or loss, the order size is increased or decreased by a user-selected amount.
Increasing Order Amount : This is the amount to be added to or subtracted from orders when the fixed ratio is reached. The default is $200, which means that for every $400 gain, $200 is reinvested in the strategy. On the other hand, for every $400 loss, the order size is reduced by $200.
Initial capital : $1000
Fees : Interactive Broker fees apply to this strategy. They are set at 0.18% of the trade value.
Slippage : 3 ticks or $0.03 per trade. Corresponds to the latency time between the moment the signal is received and the moment the order is executed by the broker.
Important : A bot has been used to test the different parameters and determine which ones maximize return while limiting drawdown. This strategy is the most optimal on BITSTAMP:ETHUSD in 8h timeframe with the parameters set by default.
ENTER RULES :
The entry rules are very simple : we open a long position when the MACD value turns positive. You are therefore LONG when the MACD is green.
EXIT RULES :
We exit a position (whether losing or winning) when the MACD becomes negative, i.e. turns red.
RISK MANAGEMENT :
This strategy can incur losses, so it's important to manage our risks well. If the position is losing and has incurred a loss of -8%, our stop loss is activated to limit losses.
MONEY MANAGEMENT :
The fixed ratio method was used to manage our gains and losses. For each gain of an amount equal to the value of the fixed ratio, we increase the order size by a value defined by the user in the "Increasing order amount" parameter. Similarly, each time we lose an amount equal to the value of the fixed ratio, we decrease the order size by the same user-defined value. This strategy increases both performance and drawdown.
Enjoy the strategy and don't forget to take the trade :)
Machine Learning: Donchian DCA Grid Strategy [YinYangAlgorithms]This strategy uses a Machine Learning approach on the Donchian Channels with a DCA and Grid purchase/sell Strategy. Not only that, but it uses a custom Bollinger calculation to determine its Basis which is used as a mild sell location. This strategy is a pure DCA strategy in the sense that no shorts are used and theoretically it can be used in webhooks on most exchanges as it’s only using Spot Orders. The idea behind this strategy is we utilize both the Highest Highs and Lowest Lows within a Machine Learning standpoint to create Buy and Sell zones. We then fraction these zones off into pieces to create Grids. This allows us to ‘micro’ purchase as it enters these zones and likewise ‘micro’ sell as it goes up into the upper (sell) zones.
You have the option to set how many grids are used, by default we use 100 with max 1000. These grids can be ‘stacked’ together if a single bar is to go through multiple at the same time. For instance, if a bar goes through 30 grids in one bar, it will have a buy/sell power of 30x. Stacking Grid Buy and (sometimes) Sells is a very crucial part of this strategy that allows it to purchase multitudes during crashes and capitalize on sales during massive pumps.
With the grids, you’ll notice there is a middle line within the upper and lower part that makes the grid. As a Purchase Type within our Settings this is identified as ‘Middle of Zone Purchase Amount In USDT’. The middle of the grid may act as the strongest grid location (aside from maybe the bottom). Therefore there is a specific purchase amount for this Grid location.
This DCA Strategy also features two other purchase methods. Most importantly is its ‘Purchase More’ type. Essentially it will attempt to purchase when the Highest High or Lowest Low moves outside of the Outer band. For instance, the Lowest Low becomes Lower or the Higher High becomes Higher. When this happens may be a good time to buy as it is featuring a new High or Low over an extended period.
The last but not least Purchase type within this Strategy is what we call a ‘Strong Buy’. The reason for this is its verified by the following:
The outer bounds have been pushed (what causes a ‘Purchase More’)
The Price has crossed over the EMA 21
It has been verified through MACD, RSI or MACD Historical (Delta) using Regular and Hidden Divergence (Note, only 1 of these verifications is required and it can be any).
By default we don’t have Purchase Amount for ‘Strong Buy’ set, but that doesn’t mean it can’t be viable, it simply means we have only seen a few pairs where it actually proved more profitable allocating money there rather than just increasing the purchase amount for ‘Purchase More’ or ‘Grids’.
Now that you understand where we BUY, we should discuss when we SELL.
This Strategy features 3 crucial sell locations, and we will discuss each individually as they are very important.
1. ‘Sell Some At’: Here there are 4 different options, by default its set to ‘Both’ but you can change it around if you want. Your options are:
‘Both’ - You will sell some at both locations. The amount sold is the % used at ‘Sell Some %’.
‘Basis Line’ - You will sell some when the price crosses over the Basis Line. The amount sold is the % used at ‘Sell Some %’.
‘Percent’ - You will sell some when the Close is >= X% between the Lower Inner and Upper Inner Zone.
‘None’ - This simply means don’t ever Sell Some.
2. Sell Grids. Sell Grids are exactly like purchase grids and feature the same amount of grids. You also have the ability to ‘Stack Grid Sells’, which basically means if a bar moves multiple grids, it will stack the amount % wise you will sell, rather than just selling the default amount. Sell Grids use a DCA logic but for selling, which we deem may help adjust risk/reward ratio for selling, especially if there is slow but consistent bullish movement. It causes these grids to constantly push up and therefore when the close is greater than them, accrue more profit.
3. Take Profit. Take profit occurs when the close first goes above the Take Profit location (Teal Line) and then Closes below it. When Take Profit occurs, ALL POSITIONS WILL BE SOLD. What may happen is the price enters the Sell Grid, doesn’t go all the way to the top ‘Exiting it’ and then crashes back down and closes below the Take Profit. Take Profit is a strong location which generally represents a strong profit location, and that a strong momentum has changed which may cause the price to revert back to the buy grid zone.
Keep in mind, if you have (by default) ‘Only Sell If Profit’ toggled, all sell locations will only create sell orders when it is profitable to do so. Just cause it may be a good time to sell, doesn’t mean based on your DCA it is. In our opinion, only selling when it is profitable to do so is a key part of the DCA purchase strategy.
You likewise have the ability to ‘Only Buy If Lower than DCA’, which is likewise by default. These two help keep the Yin and Yang by balancing each other out where you’re only purchasing and selling when it makes logical sense too, even if that involves ignoring a signal and waiting for a better opportunity.
Tutorial:
Like most of our Strategies, we try to capitalize on lower Time Frames, generally the 15 minutes so we may find optimal entry and exit locations while still maintaining a strong correlation to trend patterns.
First off, let’s discuss examples of how this Strategy works prior to applying Machine Learning (enabled by default).
In this example above we have disabled the showing of ‘Potential Buy and Sell Signals’ so as to declutter the example. In here you can see where actual trades had gone through for both buying and selling and get an idea of how the strategy works. We also have disabled Machine Learning for this example so you can see the hard lines created by the Donchian Channel. You can also see how the Basis line ‘white line’ may act as a good location to ‘Sell Some’ and that it moves quite irregularly compared to the Donchian Channel. This is due to the fact that it is based on two custom Bollinger Bands to create the basis line.
Here we zoomed out even further and moved back a bit to where there were dense clusters of buy and sell orders. Sometimes when the price is rather volatile you’ll see it ‘Ping Pong’ back and forth between the buy and sell zones quite quickly. This may be very good for your trades and profit as a whole, especially if ‘Only Buy If Lower Than DCA’ and ‘Only Sell If Profit’ are both enabled; as these toggles will ensure you are:
Always lowering your Average when buying
Always making profit when selling
By default 8% commission is added to the Strategy as well, to simulate the cost effects of if these trades were taking place on an actual exchange.
In this example we also turned on the visuals for our ‘Purchase More’ (orange line) and ‘Take Profit’ (teal line) locations. These are crucial locations. The Purchase More makes purchases when the bottom of the grid has been moved (may dictate strong price movement has occurred and may be potential for correction). Our Take Profit may help secure profit when a momentum change is happening and all of the Sell Grids weren’t able to be used.
In the example above we’ve enabled Buy and Sell Signals so that you can see where the Take Profit and Purchase More signals have occurred. The white circle demonstrates that not all of the Position Size was sold within the Sell Grids, and therefore it was ALL CLOSED when the price closed below the Take Profit Line (Teal).
Then, when the bottom of the Donchian Channel was pushed further down due to the close (within the yellow circle), a Purchase More Signal was triggered.
When the close keeps pushing the bottom of the Buy Grid lower, it can cause multiple Purchase More Signals to occur. This is normal and also a crucial part of this strategy to help lower your DCA. Please note, the Purchase More won’t trigger a Buy if the Close is greater than the DCA and you have ‘Only Purchase If Lower Than DCA’ activated.
By turning on Machine Learning (default settings) the Buy and Sell Grid Zones are smoothed out more. It may cause it to look quite a bit different. Machine Learning although it looks much worse, may help increase the profit this Strategy can produce. Previous results DO NOT mean future results, but in this example, prior to turning on Machine Learning it had produced 37% Profit in ~5 months and with Machine Learning activated it is now up to 57% Profit in ~5 months.
Machine Learning causes the Strategy to focus less on Grids and more on Purchase More when it comes to getting its entries. However, if you likewise attempt to focus on Purchase More within non Machine Learning, the locations are different and therefore the results may not be as profitable.
PLEASE NOTE:
By default this strategy uses 1,000,000 as its initial capital. The amount it purchases in its Settings is relevant to this Initial capital. Considering this is a DCA Strategy, we only want to ‘Micro’ Buy and ‘Micro’ Sell whenever conditions are met.
Therefore, if you increase the Initial Capital, you’ll likewise want to increase the Purchase Amounts within the Settings and Vice Versa. For instance, if you wish to set the Initial Capital to 10,000, you should likewise can the amounts in the Settings to 1% of what they are to account for this.
We may change the Purchase Amounts to be based on %’s in a later update if it is requested.
We will conclude this Tutorial here, hopefully you can see how a DCA Grid Purchase Model applied to Machine Learning Donchian Channels may be useful for making strategic purchases in low and high zones.
Settings:
Display Data:
Show Potential Buy Locations: These locations are where 'Potentially' orders can be placed. Placement of orders is dependant on if you have 'Only Buy If Lower Than DCA' toggled and the Price is lower than DCA. It also is effected by if you actually have any money left to purchase with; you can't buy if you have no money left!
Show Potential Sell Locations: These locations are where 'Potentially' orders will be sold. If 'Only Sell If Profit' is toggled, the sell will only happen if you'll make profit from it!
Show Grid Locations: Displaying won't affect your trades but it can be useful to see where trades will be placed, as well as which have gone through and which are left to be purchased. Max 100 Grids, but visuals will only be shown if its 20 or less.
Purchase Settings:
Only Buy if its lower than DCA: Generally speaking, we want to lower our Average, and therefore it makes sense to only buy when the close is lower than our current DCA and a Purchase Condition is met.
Compound Purchases: Compounding Purchases means reinvesting profit back into your trades right away. It drastically increases profits, but it also increases risk too. It will adjust your Purchase Amounts for the Purchase Type you have set at the same % rate of strategy initial_capital to the amounts you have set.
Adjust Purchase Amount Ratio to Maintain Risk level: By adjusting purchase levels we generally help maintain a safe risk level. Basically we generally want to reserve X amount of % for each purchase type being used and relocate money when there is too much in one type. This helps balance out purchase amounts and ensure the types selected have a correct ratio to ensure they can place the right amount of orders.
Stack Grid Buys: Stacking Buy Grids is when the Close crosses multiple Buy Grids within the same bar. Should we still only purchase the value of 1 Buy Grid OR stack the grid buys based on how many buy grids it went through.
Purchase Type: Where do you want to make Purchases? We recommend lowering your risk by combining All purchase types, but you may also customize your trading strategy however you wish.
Strong Buy Purchase Amount In USDT: How much do you want to purchase when the 'Strong Buy' signal appears? This signal only occurs after it has at least entered the Buy Zone and there have been other verifications saying it's now a good time to buy. Our Strong Buy Signal is a very strong indicator that a large price movement towards the Sell Zone will likely occur. It almost always results in it leaving the Buy Zone and usually will go to at least the White Basis line where you can 'Sell Some'.
Buy More Purchase Amount In USDT: How much should you purchase when the 'Purchase More' signal appears? This 'Purchase More' signal occurs when the lowest level of the Buy Zone moves lower. This is a great time to buy as you're buying the dip and generally there is a correction that will allow you to 'Sell Some' for some profit.
Amount of Grid Buy and Sells: How many Grid Purchases do you want to make? We recommend having it at the max of 10, as it will essentially get you a better Average Purchase Price, but you may adjust it to whatever you wish. This amount also only matters if your Purchase Type above incorporates Grid Purchases. Max 100 Grids, but visuals will only be shown if it's 20 or less.
Each Grid Purchase Amount In USDT: How much should you purchase after closing under a grid location? Keep in mind, if you have 10 grids and it goes through each, it will be this amount * 10. Grid purchasing is a great way to get a good entry, lower risk and also lower your average.
Middle Of Zone Purchase Amount In USDT: The Middle Of Zone is the strongest grid location within the Buy Zone. This is why we have a unique Purchase Amount for this Grid specifically. Please note you need to have 'Middle of Zone is a Grid' enabled for this Purchase Amount to be used.
Sell:
Only Sell if its Profit: There is a chance that during a dump, all your grid buys when through, and a few Purchase More Signals have appeared. You likely got a good entry. A Strong Buy may also appear before it starts to pump to the Sell Zone. The issue that may occur is your Average Purchase Price is greater than the 'Sell Some' price and/or the Grids in the Sell Zone and/or the Strong Sell Signal. When this happens, you can either take a loss and sell it, or you can hold on to it and wait for more purchase signals to therefore lower your average more so you can take profit at the next sell location. Please backtest this yourself within our YinYang Purchase Strategy on the pair and timeframe you are wanting to trade on. Please also note, that previous results will not always reflect future results. Please assess the risk yourself. Don't trade what you can't afford to lose. Sometimes it is better to strategically take a loss and continue on making profit than to stay in a bad trade for a long period of time.
Stack Grid Sells: Stacking Sell Grids is when the Close crosses multiple Sell Grids within the same bar. Should we still only sell the value of 1 Sell Grid OR stack the grid sells based on how many sell grids it went through.
Stop Loss Type: This is when the Close has pushed the Bottom of the Buy Grid More. Do we Stop Loss or Purchase More?? By default we recommend you stay true to the DCA part of this strategy by Purchasing More, but this is up to you.
Sell Some At: Where if selected should we 'Sell Some', this may be an important way to sell a little bit at a good time before the price may correct. Also, we don't want to sell too much incase it doesn't correct though, so its a 'Sell Some' location. Basis Line refers to our Moving Basis Line created from 2 Bollinger Bands and Percent refers to a Percent difference between the Lower Inner and Upper Inner bands.
Sell Some At Percent Amount: This refers to how much % between the Lower Inner and Upper Inner bands we should well at if we chose to 'Sell Some'.
Sell Some Min %: This refers to the Minimum amount between the Lower Inner band and Close that qualifies a 'Sell Some'. This acts as a failsafe so we don't 'Sell Some' for too little.
Sell % At Strong Sell Signal: How much do we sell at the 'Strong Sell' Signal? It may act as a strong location to sell, but likewise Grid Sells could be better.
Grid and Donchian Settings:
Donchian Channel Length: How far back are we looking back to determine our Donchian Channel.
Extra Outer Buy Width %: How much extra should we push the Outer Buy (Low) Width by?
Extra Inner Buy Width %: How much extra should we push the Inner Buy (Low) Width by?
Extra Inner Sell Width %: How much extra should we push the Inner Sell (High) Width by?
Extra Outer Sell Width %: How much extra should we push the Outer Sell (High) Width by?
Machine Learning:
Rationalized Source Type: Donchians usually use High/Low. What Source is our Rationalized Source using?
Machine Learning Type: Are we using a Simple ML Average, KNN Mean Average, KNN Exponential Average or None?
Machine Learning Length: How far back is our Machine Learning going to keep data for.
k-Nearest Neighbour (KNN) Length: How many k-Nearest Neighbours will we account for?
Fast ML Data Length: What is our Fast ML Length?? This is used with our Slow Length to create our KNN Distance.
Slow ML Data Length: What is our Slow ML Length?? This is used with our Fast Length to create our KNN Distance.
If you have any questions, comments, ideas or concerns please don't hesitate to contact us.
HAPPY TRADING!
Improved EMA & CDC Trailing Stop StrategyImproved EMA & CDC Trailing Stop Strategy
Objective: This strategy seeks to exploit potential trend reversals or continuations using Exponential Moving Averages (EMAs) and a trailing stop based on the Chande Dynamic Convergence Divergence (CDC) ATR method.
Components:
Exponential Moving Averages (EMAs):
60-period EMA (Blue Line): Faster-moving average that reacts more quickly to price changes.
90-period EMA (Red Line): Slower-moving average that provides a smoother indication of long-term price direction.
MACD Indicator:
Utilized to confirm the trend direction. When the MACD line is above its signal line, it may indicate a bullish trend. Conversely, when the MACD line is below its signal line, it may indicate a bearish trend.
CDC Trailing Stop ATR:
Used to set dynamic stop-loss levels that adjust with market volatility. This stop is based on the Average True Range (ATR) with a user-defined multiplier, providing the strategy with a flexible way to protect against adverse price movements.
Profit Targets:
Based on a multiple of the ATR, this sets an objective level at which to take profits, ensuring gains are captured while potentially still leaving room for further profitable movement.
Trading Rules:
Entry:
Long (Buy) Entry Conditions:
Price is above the 60-period EMA.
The 60-period EMA is above the 90-period EMA.
The MACD line is above its signal line.
Price is above the calculated CDC Trailing Stop ATR level.
Short (Sell) Entry Conditions:
Price is below the 60-period EMA.
The 60-period EMA is below the 90-period EMA.
The MACD line is below its signal line.
Price is below the calculated CDC Trailing Stop ATR level.
Exit:
Long (Buy) Exit Conditions:
Price reaches the predetermined profit target based on the ATR.
Price drops below the CDC Trailing Stop ATR level.
Short (Sell) Exit Conditions:
Price reaches the predetermined profit target based on the ATR.
Price rises above the CDC Trailing Stop ATR level.
Visualization:
The strategy displays the 60-period and 90-period EMAs on the chart.
The CDC Trailing Stop ATR levels for both long and short trades are also plotted for clarity.
The MACD Histogram is shown to visualize the difference between the MACD line and its signal line.
Recommendations: Before deploying this strategy, traders should backtest it across various historical data sets and market conditions. Regularly reviewing and potentially adjusting the strategy is recommended as market dynamics evolve.
SOFEX High-End Indicators + BacktestingBINANCE:BTCUSDT.P BINANCE:ETHUSDT.P
Introducing the first publicly available suite of indicators for Bitcoin and Ethereum by Sofex - the High-End Indicators & Backtesting System.
🔬 Trading Philosophy
The High-End Indicators & Backtesting system offers both trend-following and mean-reversal algorithms to provide traders with a deep insight into the highly volatile cryptocurrency markets, known for their market noise and vulnerability to manipulation.
With these factors in mind, our indicators are designed to sidestep most potentially false signals. This is facilitated further by the "middle-ground" time frame (1 Hour) we use. Our focus is on the two largest cryptocurrencies: Bitcoin and Ethereum , which provide high liquidity, necessary for reliable trading.
Therefore, we recommend using our suite on these markets.
The backtesting version of the Sofex High-End Indicators includes mainly trend-following indicators. This is because our trading vision is that volatility in cryptocurrency markets is a tool that should be used carefully, and many times avoided. Furthermore, mean-reversal trading can lead to short-term profits, but we have found it less than ideal for long-term trading.
The script does not aim to make a lot of trades, or to always remain in a position and switch from long to short. Many times there is no direction and the market is in "random walk mode", and chasing trades is futile.
Based on our experience, it is preferable if traders remain neutral the majority of the time and only enter trades that can be exited in the foreseeable future. Trading just for the sake of it ultimately leads to loss in the long-run.
Expectations of performance should be realistic.
We also focus on a balanced take-profit to stop-loss ratio. In the default set-up of the script, that is a 2% : 2% (1:1) ratio. A relatively low stop loss and take profit build onto our idea that positions should be exited promptly. There are many options to edit these values, including enabling trailing take profit and stop loss. Traders can also completely turn off TP and SL levels, and rely on opposing signals to exit and enter new trades.
Extreme scenarios can happen on the cryptocurrency markets, and disabling stop-loss levels completely is not recommended. The position size should be monitored since all of it is at risk with no stop-loss.
We take pride in presenting this comprehensive suite of trading indicators, designed for both manual and automated use. Although automated use leads to increased efficiency, traders are free to incorporate any of our indicators into their own manual trading strategy.
⚙️ Indicators
By default, all indicators are enabled for both Long and Short trades.
Extreme Trend Breakouts
The Extreme Trend Breakouts indicator seeks to follow breakouts of support and resistance levels, while also accounting for the unfortunate fact that false signals can be generated on these levels. The indicator combines trend-breakout strategies with various other volatility and direction measurements. It works best in the beginning of trends.
Underpinning this indicator are renowned Perry Kaufman's Adaptive Moving Averages (PKAMA) alongside our proprietary adaptive moving averages. These dynamic indicators adjust their parameters based on recent price movements, attempting to catch trends while maintaining consistent performance in the long run.
In addition, our modification of the TTM Squeeze indicator further enhances the Extreme Trend Breakouts indicator, making it more responsive, especially during the initial stages of trends and filtering of "flat" markets.
High-Volatility Trend Follower
The High-Volatility Trend Follower indicator is based around the logic of evading market conditions where volatility is low (choppy markets) and aggressively following confirmed trends. The indicator works best during strong trends, however, it has the downside of entering trades at trend tops or bottoms.
This indicator also leverages our proprietary adaptive moving averages to identify and follow high-volatility trends effectively. Furthermore, it uses the Average Directional Index, Aroon Oscillator, ATR and a modified version of VWAP, to categorize trends into weak or strong ones. The VWAP indicator is used to identify the monetary (volume) inflow into a given trend, further helping to avoid short-term manipulations.
Low-Volatility Reversal
The Low-Volatility Reversal aims at plugging the holes that trend-following indicators ignore. It specifically looks for choppy markets. Using proven concepts such as Relative Strength Index and volume measurements, among others, this indicator finds local tops and bottoms with good accuracy. It works best in choppy markets with low to medium volatility. It has a downside that all reversals have, losing trades at the end of choppy markets and in the beginning of big trends.
This indicator, like the others, employs PKAMA in conjunction with our proprietary adaptive moving averages, and an Average PSAR indicator to seek out "sideways" markets. Furthermore, Bollinger Bands with an adaptive basis line is used, with the idea of trading against the short-term trends by looking at big deviations in price movement. The above mentioned indicators attempt to catch local tops and bottoms in markets.
Adaptive Trend Convergence
The Adaptive Trend Convergence aims at following trends while avoiding entering positions at local bottoms and tops. It does so by comparing a number of adaptive moving averages and looking for convergence among them. Adaptive filtering techniques for avoiding choppy markets are also used.
This indicator utilizes our proprietary adaptive moving averages, and an Average Price Range indicator to identify trend convergence and divergence effectively, preventing false signals during volatile market phases. It also makes use of Bollinger Bands with an adaptive moving average basis line and price-action adjusted deviation. Contrasting to the Low-Volatility Reversal condition described above, the Bollinger Bands used here attempt to follow breakouts outside of the lower and upper bands.
Double-Filtered Channel Breakouts
The Double-Filtered Channel Breakouts indicator is made out of adaptive channel-identifying indicators. The indicator then follows trends that significantly diverge from the established channels. This aims at following extreme trends, where rapid, continuous movements in either direction occur. This indicator works best in very strong trends and follows them relentlessly. However, these strong trends can end in strong reversals, and the indicator can be stopped out on the last trade.
Our Double-Filtered Channel Breakouts indicator is built on a foundation of adaptive channel indicators. We've harnessed the power of Keltner Channels and Bollinger Band Channels, with a similar approach used in the Adaptive Trend Convergence indicator. The basis and upper/lower bands of the channels do not rely on fixed deviation parameters, rather on adaptive ones, based on price action and volatility. This combination seeks to identify and follows extreme trends.
Direction Tracker
The Direction Tracker indicator is made out of a central slower, adaptive moving average that clearly recognizes global, long-term trends. Combined with direction and range indicators, among others, this indicator excels at finding the long-term trend and ignoring temporary pullbacks in the opposite direction. It works best at the beginning and middle of long and strong trends. It can fail at the end of trends and on very strong historical resistance lines (where sharp reversals are common).
Our Direction Tracker indicator integrates an adaptive SuperTrend indicator into its core, alongside our proprietary adaptive moving averages, to accurately identify and track long-term trends while mitigating temporary pullbacks. Furthermore, it uses Average True Range, ADX and other volatility indicators to attempt to catch unusual moves on the market early-on.
📟 Parameters Menu
To offer traders flexibility, our system comes with a comprehensive parameter menu:
Preset Selection : Choose between Bitcoin or Ethereum presets to tailor the indicators to your preferred cryptocurrency market.
Global Signal Direction: Set the global signal direction as Long, Short, or Both, depending on your trading strategy.
Global Sensitivity Parameter : Adjust the system's sensitivity to adapt to different trend-following conditions, particularly beneficial during higher-strength trends.
Source of Signals : Toggle individual indicators on or off according to your preference. By default, all indicators are enabled. Customize the indicators to trade Long, Short, or Both, aligning them with your desired market exposure.
Confirmation of Signals : Set the minimum number of confirmed signals on the same bar, ensuring signals are generated only when specific confirmation criteria are met. The default value is one, and it can be adjusted for both Long and Short signals.
Exit of Signals : You have options regarding Take-Profit (TP) and Stop-Loss (SL) levels. Enable TP/SL levels to exit trades at predetermined levels, or disable them to rely on direction changes for exits. Be aware that removing stop losses can introduce additional risk, and position sizing should be carefully monitored.
By enabling Trailing TP/SL, the system switches to a trailing approach, allowing you to:
- Place an initial customizable SL.
- Specify a level (%) for the Trailing SL to become active.
- When the activation level is reached, the system moves the trailing stop by a given Offset (%).
Additionally, you can enable exit at break-even, where the system places an exit order when the trail activation level is reached, accounting for fees and slippage.
Alert Messages : Define the fields for alert messages based on specific conditions. You can set up alerts to receive email, SMS, and in-app notifications. If you use webhooks for alerts, exercise caution, as these alerts can potentially execute trades without human supervision.
Backtesting : Default backtesting parameters are set to provide realistic backtesting performance:
- 0.04% Commission per trade (for both entries and exits)
- 3 ticks Slippage (highly dependent on exchange)
- Initial capital of $1000
- Order size of $1000
While the order size is equal to the initial capital, the script employs a 2% stop-loss order to limit losses and attempts to prevent risky trades from creating big losses. The order size is a set dollar value, so that the backtesting performance is linear, instead of using % of capital which may result in unrealistic backtesting performance.
Risk Disclaimer
Please be aware that backtesting results, while valuable for statistical overview, do not guarantee future performance in any way. Cryptocurrency markets are inherently volatile and risky. Always trade responsibly and do not risk more than you can afford to lose.
Risk Management and Positionsize - MACD exampleMastering Risk Management
Risk management is the cornerstone of successful trading, and it's often the difference between turning a profit and suffering a loss. In light of its importance, I share a risk management tool which you can use for your trading strategies. The script not only assists in position sizing but also comes with built-in technical features that help in market timing. Let's delve into the nitty-gritty details.
Input Parameter: MarginFactor
One of the key features of the script is the MarginFactor input parameter. This element lets you control the portion of your equity used for placing each trade. A MarginFactor of -0.5 means 50% of your total equity will be deployed in placing the position size. Although Tradingview has a built-in option to adjust position sizing in a same way, I personally prefer to have the logic in my pinecode script. The main reason is userexperience in managing and testing different settings for different charts, timeframes and instruments (with the same strategy).
Stoploss and MarginFactor
If your strategy has a 4% stop-loss, you can choose to use only 50% of your equity by setting the MarginFactor to -0.5. In this case, you are effectively risking only 2% of your total capital per trade, which aligns well with the widely-accepted rule of thumb suggesting a 1-2% risk per trade. Similar if your stoploss is only 1% you can choose to change the MarginFactor to 1, resulting in a positionsize of 200% of your equity. The total risk would be again 2% per trade if your stoploss is set to 1%.
Max Drawdown and MarginFactor
Your MarginFactor setting can also be aligned with the maximum drawdown of your strategy, seen during a backtested period of 2-3 years. For example, if the max drawdown is 15%, you could calibrate your MarginFactor accordingly to limit your risk exposure.
Option to Toggle Number of Contracts
The script offers the option to toggle between using a percentage of equity for position sizing or specifying a fixed number of contracts. Utilizing a percentage of equity might yield unrealistic backtest results, especially over longer periods. This occurs because as the capital grows, the absolute position size also increases, potentially inflating the accumulated returns generated by the backtester. On the other hand, setting a fixed number of contracts as your position size offers a more stable and realistic ROI over the backtested period, as it removes the compounding effect on position sizes.
Key Features Strategy
MACD High Time Frame Entry and Exit Logic
The strategy employs a high time frame MACD (Moving Average Convergence Divergence) to make entry and exit decisions. You can easily adjust the timeframe settings and MACD settings in the inputsection to trade on lower timeframes. For more information on the HTF MACD with dynamic smoothing see:
Moving Average High Time Frame Filter
To reduce market 'noise', the strategy incorporates a high time frame moving average filter. This ensures that the trades are aligned with the dominant market trend (trading the trend). In the inputsection traders can easily switch between different type of moving averages. For more information about this HTF filter see:
Dynamic Smoothing
The script includes a feature for dynamic smoothing. The script contains The timeframeToMinutes(tf) function to convert any given time frame into its equivalent in minutes. For example, a daily (D) time frame is converted into 1440 minutes, a weekly (W) into 10,080 minutes, and so forth. Next the smoothing factor is calculated by dividing the minutes of the higher time frame by those of the current time frame. Finally, the script applies a Simple Moving Average (SMA) over the MACD, SIGNAL, and HIST values, MA filter using the dynamically calculated smoothing factor.
User Convenience: One of the major benefits is that traders don't need to manually adjust the smoothing factor when switching between different time frames. The script does this dynamically.
Visual Consistency: Dynamic smoothing helps traders to more accurately visualize and interpret HTF indicators when trading on lower time frames.
Time Frame Restriction: It's crucial to note that the operational time frame should always be lower than the time frame selected in the input sections for dynamic smoothing to function as intended.
By incorporating this dynamic smoothing logic, the script offers traders a nuanced yet straightforward way to adapt High Time Frame indicators for lower time frame trading, enhancing both adaptability and user experience.
Limitations: Exit Strategy
It's crucial to note that the script comes with a simplified exit strategy, devoid of features like a stop-loss, trailing stop-loss or multiple take profits. This means that while the script focuses on entries and risk management, it might result in higher losses if market conditions unexpectedly turn unfavorable.
Conclusion
Effective risk management is pivotal for trading success, and this TradingView script is designed to give you a better idea how to implement positions sizing with your preferred strategy. However, it's essential to note that this tool should not be considered financial advice. Always perform your due diligence and consult with financial advisors before making any trading decisions.
Feel free to use this risk management tool as building block in your trading scripts, Happy Trading!
Linear On MACDUnlocking the Magic of Linear Regression in TradingView
In the ever-evolving world of financial markets, traders and investors seek effective tools to gauge price movements, make informed decisions, and achieve their financial goals. One such tool that has proven its worth over time is linear regression, a mathematical concept that has found its way into technical analysis and trading strategies. In this blog post, we will explore the magic behind linear regression, delve into its history, and understand how it's widely used as a technical indicator.
The Birth of Linear Regression: From Mathematics to Trading
Linear regression is a statistical method that aims to model the relationship between two variables by fitting a linear equation to observed data. The formula for a linear regression line is typically expressed as y = a + bx, where y is the dependent variable, x is the independent variable, a is the intercept, and b is the slope.
While the roots of linear regression trace back to the field of statistics, it didn't take long for traders and investors to recognize its potential in the financial world. By applying linear regression to historical price data, traders can identify trends, assess the relationship between variables, and even predict potential future price levels.
The Linear On MACD Strategy
Let's take a closer look at a powerful example of how linear regression is employed in a trading strategy right within TradingView. The "Linear On MACD" strategy harnesses the potential of linear regression in conjunction with the Moving Average Convergence Divergence (MACD) indicator. The goal of this strategy is to generate buy and sell signals based on the interactions between the predicted stock price and the MACD indicator.
Here's a breakdown of the strategy's components:
Calculation of Linear Regression: The strategy begins by calculating linear regression coefficients for the historical stock price based on volume. This helps predict potential future price levels.
Predicted Stock Price: The linear regression results are then used to plot the predicted stock price on the chart. This provides a visual representation of where the price could trend based on historical data.
Buy and Sell Signals: The strategy generates buy signals when certain conditions are met. These conditions include the predicted stock price being between the open and close prices, a rising MACD, and other factors that suggest a potential bullish trend. On the other hand, sell signals are generated based on MACD trends and predicted price levels.
Risk Management: The strategy also incorporates risk tolerance levels to determine entry and exit points. This ensures that traders take into account their risk appetite when making trading decisions.
Embracing the Magic of Linear Regression
As we explore the "Linear On MACD" strategy, we uncover the power of linear regression in aiding traders and investors. Linear regression, a mathematical marvel, seamlessly merges with technical analysis to provide insights into potential price movements. Its historical significance in statistics blends perfectly with the demands of modern financial markets.
Whether you're a seasoned trader or a curious investor, the Linear On MACD strategy exemplifies how a robust mathematical concept can be harnessed to make informed trading decisions. By embracing the magic of linear regression, you're tapping into a tool that continues to evolve alongside the financial world it empowers.
Disclaimer: The information provided in this blog post is for educational purposes only and does not constitute financial advice. Trading and investing carry risks, and it's important to conduct thorough research and consider seeking professional advice before making any trading decisions.
GKD-BT Baseline Backtest [Loxx]The Giga Kaleidoscope GKD-BT Baseline Backtest is a backtesting module included in Loxx's "Giga Kaleidoscope Modularized Trading System."
█ GKD-BT Baseline Backtest
The GKD-BT Baseline Backtest allows traders to backtest the Regular and Stepped baselines used in the GKD trading system. This module includes 65+ moving averages and 15+ types of volatility to choose from.
Additionally, this backtest module provides the option to test the GKD-B indicator with 1 to 3 take profits and 1 stop loss. The Trading backtest allows for the use of 1 to 3 take profits, while the Full backtest is limited to 1 take profit. The Trading backtest also offers the capability to apply a trailing take profit.
In terms of the percentage of trade removed at each take profit, this backtest module has the following hardcoded values:
Take profit 1: 50% of the trade is removed
Take profit 2: 25% of the trade is removed
Take profit 3: 25% of the trade is removed
Stop loss: 100% of the trade is removed
After each take profit is achieved, the stop loss level is adjusted. When take profit 1 is reached, the stop loss is moved to the entry point. Similarly, when take profit 2 is reached, the stop loss is shifted to take profit 1. The trailing take profit feature comes into play after take profit 2 or take profit 3, depending on the number of take profits selected in the settings. The trailing take profit is always activated on the final take profit when 2 or more take profits are chosen.
The backtest also offers the capability to restrict by a specific date range, allowing for simulated forward testing based on past data. Additionally, users have the option to display or hide a trading panel that provides relevant information about the backtest, statistics, and the current trade. It is also possible to activate alerts and toggle sections of the trading panel on or off. On the chart, historical take profit and stop loss levels are represented by horizontal lines overlaid for reference.
This backtest also includes an optional GKD-E Exit indicator that can be used to test early exits.
The GKD system utilizes volatility-based take profits and stop losses. Each take profit and stop loss is calculated as a multiple of volatility. You can change the values of the multipliers in the settings as well.
To utilize this strategy, follow these steps:
1. (Required) Import the value "Input into NEW GKD-BT Backtest" from the GKD-B Baseline indicator into the GKD-BT Baseline Backtest field "Import GKD-B Baseline"
2. (Optional) Import the value "Input into NEW GKD-BT Backtest" from the GKD-E Exit indicator into the GKD-BT Baseline Backtest field "Import GKD-E Exit". You can toggle the Exit on or off using the "Activate GKD-E Exit" option.
Baselines that are compatible with this backtest module:
GKD-B Baseline
GKD-B Stepped Baseline
Volatility Types Included
17 types of volatility are included in this indicator
Close-to-Close
Parkinson
Garman-Klass
Rogers-Satchell
Yang-Zhang
Garman-Klass-Yang-Zhang
Exponential Weighted Moving Average
Standard Deviation of Log Returns
Pseudo GARCH(2,2)
Average True Range
True Range Double
Standard Deviation
Adaptive Deviation
Median Absolute Deviation
Efficiency-Ratio Adaptive ATR
Mean Absolute Deviation
Static Percent
█ Giga Kaleidoscope Modularized Trading System
Core components of an NNFX algorithmic trading strategy
The NNFX algorithm is built on the principles of trend, momentum, and volatility. There are six core components in the NNFX trading algorithm:
1. Volatility - price volatility; e.g., Average True Range, True Range Double, Close-to-Close, etc.
2. Baseline - a moving average to identify price trend
3. Confirmation 1 - a technical indicator used to identify trends
4. Confirmation 2 - a technical indicator used to identify trends
5. Continuation - a technical indicator used to identify trends
6. Volatility/Volume - a technical indicator used to identify volatility/volume breakouts/breakdown
7. Exit - a technical indicator used to determine when a trend is exhausted
8. Metamorphosis - a technical indicator that produces a compound signal from the combination of other GKD indicators*
*(not part of the NNFX algorithm)
What is Volatility in the NNFX trading system?
In the NNFX (No Nonsense Forex) trading system, ATR (Average True Range) is typically used to measure the volatility of an asset. It is used as a part of the system to help determine the appropriate stop loss and take profit levels for a trade. ATR is calculated by taking the average of the true range values over a specified period.
True range is calculated as the maximum of the following values:
-Current high minus the current low
-Absolute value of the current high minus the previous close
-Absolute value of the current low minus the previous close
ATR is a dynamic indicator that changes with changes in volatility. As volatility increases, the value of ATR increases, and as volatility decreases, the value of ATR decreases. By using ATR in NNFX system, traders can adjust their stop loss and take profit levels according to the volatility of the asset being traded. This helps to ensure that the trade is given enough room to move, while also minimizing potential losses.
Other types of volatility include True Range Double (TRD), Close-to-Close, and Garman-Klass
What is a Baseline indicator?
The baseline is essentially a moving average, and is used to determine the overall direction of the market.
The baseline in the NNFX system is used to filter out trades that are not in line with the long-term trend of the market. The baseline is plotted on the chart along with other indicators, such as the Moving Average (MA), the Relative Strength Index (RSI), and the Average True Range (ATR).
Trades are only taken when the price is in the same direction as the baseline. For example, if the baseline is sloping upwards, only long trades are taken, and if the baseline is sloping downwards, only short trades are taken. This approach helps to ensure that trades are in line with the overall trend of the market, and reduces the risk of entering trades that are likely to fail.
By using a baseline in the NNFX system, traders can have a clear reference point for determining the overall trend of the market, and can make more informed trading decisions. The baseline helps to filter out noise and false signals, and ensures that trades are taken in the direction of the long-term trend.
What is a Confirmation indicator?
Confirmation indicators are technical indicators that are used to confirm the signals generated by primary indicators. Primary indicators are the core indicators used in the NNFX system, such as the Average True Range (ATR), the Moving Average (MA), and the Relative Strength Index (RSI).
The purpose of the confirmation indicators is to reduce false signals and improve the accuracy of the trading system. They are designed to confirm the signals generated by the primary indicators by providing additional information about the strength and direction of the trend.
Some examples of confirmation indicators that may be used in the NNFX system include the Bollinger Bands, the MACD (Moving Average Convergence Divergence), and the MACD Oscillator. These indicators can provide information about the volatility, momentum, and trend strength of the market, and can be used to confirm the signals generated by the primary indicators.
In the NNFX system, confirmation indicators are used in combination with primary indicators and other filters to create a trading system that is robust and reliable. By using multiple indicators to confirm trading signals, the system aims to reduce the risk of false signals and improve the overall profitability of the trades.
What is a Continuation indicator?
In the NNFX (No Nonsense Forex) trading system, a continuation indicator is a technical indicator that is used to confirm a current trend and predict that the trend is likely to continue in the same direction. A continuation indicator is typically used in conjunction with other indicators in the system, such as a baseline indicator, to provide a comprehensive trading strategy.
What is a Volatility/Volume indicator?
Volume indicators, such as the On Balance Volume (OBV), the Chaikin Money Flow (CMF), or the Volume Price Trend (VPT), are used to measure the amount of buying and selling activity in a market. They are based on the trading volume of the market, and can provide information about the strength of the trend. In the NNFX system, volume indicators are used to confirm trading signals generated by the Moving Average and the Relative Strength Index. Volatility indicators include Average Direction Index, Waddah Attar, and Volatility Ratio. In the NNFX trading system, volatility is a proxy for volume and vice versa.
By using volume indicators as confirmation tools, the NNFX trading system aims to reduce the risk of false signals and improve the overall profitability of trades. These indicators can provide additional information about the market that is not captured by the primary indicators, and can help traders to make more informed trading decisions. In addition, volume indicators can be used to identify potential changes in market trends and to confirm the strength of price movements.
What is an Exit indicator?
The exit indicator is used in conjunction with other indicators in the system, such as the Moving Average (MA), the Relative Strength Index (RSI), and the Average True Range (ATR), to provide a comprehensive trading strategy.
The exit indicator in the NNFX system can be any technical indicator that is deemed effective at identifying optimal exit points. Examples of exit indicators that are commonly used include the Parabolic SAR, the Average Directional Index (ADX), and the Chandelier Exit.
The purpose of the exit indicator is to identify when a trend is likely to reverse or when the market conditions have changed, signaling the need to exit a trade. By using an exit indicator, traders can manage their risk and prevent significant losses.
In the NNFX system, the exit indicator is used in conjunction with a stop loss and a take profit order to maximize profits and minimize losses. The stop loss order is used to limit the amount of loss that can be incurred if the trade goes against the trader, while the take profit order is used to lock in profits when the trade is moving in the trader's favor.
Overall, the use of an exit indicator in the NNFX trading system is an important component of a comprehensive trading strategy. It allows traders to manage their risk effectively and improve the profitability of their trades by exiting at the right time.
What is an Metamorphosis indicator?
The concept of a metamorphosis indicator involves the integration of two or more GKD indicators to generate a compound signal. This is achieved by evaluating the accuracy of each indicator and selecting the signal from the indicator with the highest accuracy. As an illustration, let's consider a scenario where we calculate the accuracy of 10 indicators and choose the signal from the indicator that demonstrates the highest accuracy.
The resulting output from the metamorphosis indicator can then be utilized in a GKD-BT backtest by occupying a slot that aligns with the purpose of the metamorphosis indicator. The slot can be a GKD-B, GKD-C, or GKD-E slot, depending on the specific requirements and objectives of the indicator. This allows for seamless integration and utilization of the compound signal within the GKD-BT framework.
How does Loxx's GKD (Giga Kaleidoscope Modularized Trading System) implement the NNFX algorithm outlined above?
Loxx's GKD v2.0 system has five types of modules (indicators/strategies). These modules are:
1. GKD-BT - Backtesting module (Volatility, Number 1 in the NNFX algorithm)
2. GKD-B - Baseline module (Baseline and Volatility/Volume, Numbers 1 and 2 in the NNFX algorithm)
3. GKD-C - Confirmation 1/2 and Continuation module (Confirmation 1/2 and Continuation, Numbers 3, 4, and 5 in the NNFX algorithm)
4. GKD-V - Volatility/Volume module (Confirmation 1/2, Number 6 in the NNFX algorithm)
5. GKD-E - Exit module (Exit, Number 7 in the NNFX algorithm)
6. GKD-M - Metamorphosis module (Metamorphosis, Number 8 in the NNFX algorithm, but not part of the NNFX algorithm)
(additional module types will added in future releases)
Each module interacts with every module by passing data to A backtest module wherein the various components of the GKD system are combined to create a trading signal.
That is, the Baseline indicator passes its data to Volatility/Volume. The Volatility/Volume indicator passes its values to the Confirmation 1 indicator. The Confirmation 1 indicator passes its values to the Confirmation 2 indicator. The Confirmation 2 indicator passes its values to the Continuation indicator. The Continuation indicator passes its values to the Exit indicator, and finally, the Exit indicator passes its values to the Backtest strategy.
This chaining of indicators requires that each module conform to Loxx's GKD protocol, therefore allowing for the testing of every possible combination of technical indicators that make up the six components of the NNFX algorithm.
What does the application of the GKD trading system look like?
Example trading system:
Backtest: GKD-BT Baseline Backtest as shown on the chart above
Baseline: Hull Moving Average as shown on the chart above
Volatility/Volume: Hurst Exponent
Confirmation 1: Sherif's HiLo
Confirmation 2: uf2018
Continuation: Coppock Curve
Exit: Fisher Transform as shown on the chart above
Metamorphosis: Baseline Optimizer
Each GKD indicator is denoted with a module identifier of either: GKD-BT, GKD-B, GKD-C, GKD-V, GKD-M, or GKD-E. This allows traders to understand to which module each indicator belongs and where each indicator fits into the GKD system.
█ Giga Kaleidoscope Modularized Trading System Signals
Standard Entry
1. GKD-C Confirmation gives signal
2. Baseline agrees
3. Price inside Goldie Locks Zone Minimum
4. Price inside Goldie Locks Zone Maximum
5. Confirmation 2 agrees
6. Volatility/Volume agrees
1-Candle Standard Entry
1a. GKD-C Confirmation gives signal
2a. Baseline agrees
3a. Price inside Goldie Locks Zone Minimum
4a. Price inside Goldie Locks Zone Maximum
Next Candle
1b. Price retraced
2b. Baseline agrees
3b. Confirmation 1 agrees
4b. Confirmation 2 agrees
5b. Volatility/Volume agrees
Baseline Entry
1. GKD-B Baseline gives signal
2. Confirmation 1 agrees
3. Price inside Goldie Locks Zone Minimum
4. Price inside Goldie Locks Zone Maximum
5. Confirmation 2 agrees
6. Volatility/Volume agrees
7. Confirmation 1 signal was less than 'Maximum Allowable PSBC Bars Back' prior
1-Candle Baseline Entry
1a. GKD-B Baseline gives signal
2a. Confirmation 1 agrees
3a. Price inside Goldie Locks Zone Minimum
4a. Price inside Goldie Locks Zone Maximum
5a. Confirmation 1 signal was less than 'Maximum Allowable PSBC Bars Back' prior
Next Candle
1b. Price retraced
2b. Baseline agrees
3b. Confirmation 1 agrees
4b. Confirmation 2 agrees
5b. Volatility/Volume agrees
Volatility/Volume Entry
1. GKD-V Volatility/Volume gives signal
2. Confirmation 1 agrees
3. Price inside Goldie Locks Zone Minimum
4. Price inside Goldie Locks Zone Maximum
5. Confirmation 2 agrees
6. Baseline agrees
7. Confirmation 1 signal was less than 7 candles prior
1-Candle Volatility/Volume Entry
1a. GKD-V Volatility/Volume gives signal
2a. Confirmation 1 agrees
3a. Price inside Goldie Locks Zone Minimum
4a. Price inside Goldie Locks Zone Maximum
5a. Confirmation 1 signal was less than 'Maximum Allowable PSVVC Bars Back' prior
Next Candle
1b. Price retraced
2b. Volatility/Volume agrees
3b. Confirmation 1 agrees
4b. Confirmation 2 agrees
5b. Baseline agrees
Confirmation 2 Entry
1. GKD-C Confirmation 2 gives signal
2. Confirmation 1 agrees
3. Price inside Goldie Locks Zone Minimum
4. Price inside Goldie Locks Zone Maximum
5. Volatility/Volume agrees
6. Baseline agrees
7. Confirmation 1 signal was less than 7 candles prior
1-Candle Confirmation 2 Entry
1a. GKD-C Confirmation 2 gives signal
2a. Confirmation 1 agrees
3a. Price inside Goldie Locks Zone Minimum
4a. Price inside Goldie Locks Zone Maximum
5a. Confirmation 1 signal was less than 'Maximum Allowable PSC2C Bars Back' prior
Next Candle
1b. Price retraced
2b. Confirmation 2 agrees
3b. Confirmation 1 agrees
4b. Volatility/Volume agrees
5b. Baseline agrees
PullBack Entry
1a. GKD-B Baseline gives signal
2a. Confirmation 1 agrees
3a. Price is beyond 1.0x Volatility of Baseline
Next Candle
1b. Price inside Goldie Locks Zone Minimum
2b. Price inside Goldie Locks Zone Maximum
3b. Confirmation 1 agrees
4b. Confirmation 2 agrees
5b. Volatility/Volume agrees
Continuation Entry
1. Standard Entry, 1-Candle Standard Entry, Baseline Entry, 1-Candle Baseline Entry, Volatility/Volume Entry, 1-Candle Volatility/Volume Entry, Confirmation 2 Entry, 1-Candle Confirmation 2 Entry, or Pullback entry triggered previously
2. Baseline hasn't crossed since entry signal trigger
4. Confirmation 1 agrees
5. Baseline agrees
6. Confirmation 2 agrees
Price Action - Support & Resistance + MACD LONG StrategyUsing "Price Action - Support & Resistance by DGT" and the MACD (Moving Average Convergence Divergence) indicator in TradingView can help develop a trade strategy. Here's a step-by-step approach you can follow:
1. Identifying Support and Resistance Levels: Apply the "Price Action - Support & Resistance by DGT" indicator to your chart. This indicator helps you identify key support and resistance levels based on price action. These levels act as potential areas where the price may reverse or consolidate.
2. Confirming Support and Resistance Levels: Once the indicator has plotted support and resistance levels on your chart, analyze the historical price action around these levels. Look for multiple touches or bounces from the same level, which adds strength to the support or resistance zone.
3. Analyzing the MACD Indicator: Add the MACD indicator to your chart. The MACD consists of two lines: the MACD line and the signal line, along with a histogram representing the difference between the two lines. The MACD helps identify momentum and potential trend reversals.
When the MACD line crosses above the signal line and the histogram turns positive, it suggests bullish momentum.
4. Identifying Trade Opportunities:
Bullish Trade: Look for a bullish setup when the price approaches a strong support level identified by the "Price Action - Support & Resistance by DGT" indicator. Wait for the MACD lines to cross above the signal line and the histogram to turn positive, indicating bullish momentum. Enter a long position with a stop loss below the
support level.
Managing the Trade: Once you enter a trade, consider setting a target based on the distance between your entry point and the nearest significant support or resistance level. You can also use trailing stop losses or other risk management techniques to protect your profits and limit potential losses.
Remember that no trading strategy is guaranteed to be successful, and it's important to practice proper risk management and conduct thorough analysis before making any trading decisions. Additionally, it's recommended to backtest and demo trade this strategy before using it with real money.
GKD-BT Giga Confirmation Stack Backtest [Loxx]Giga Kaleidoscope GKD-BT Giga Confirmation Stack Backtest is a Backtesting module included in Loxx's "Giga Kaleidoscope Modularized Trading System".
█ GKD-BT Giga Confirmation Stack Backtest
The Giga Confirmation Stack Backtest module allows users to perform backtesting on Long and Short signals from the confluence between GKD-C Confirmation 1 and GKD-C Confirmation 2 indicators. This module encompasses two types of backtests: Trading and Full. The Trading backtest permits users to evaluate individual trades, whether Long or Short, one at a time. Conversely, the Full backtest allows users to analyze either Longs or Shorts separately by toggling between them in the settings, enabling the examination of results for each signal type. The Trading backtest emulates actual trading conditions, while the Full backtest assesses all signals, regardless of being Long or Short.
Additionally, this backtest module provides the option to test using indicators with 1 to 3 take profits and 1 stop loss. The Trading backtest allows for the use of 1 to 3 take profits, while the Full backtest is limited to 1 take profit. The Trading backtest also offers the capability to apply a trailing take profit.
In terms of the percentage of trade removed at each take profit, this backtest module has the following hardcoded values:
Take profit 1: 50% of the trade is removed.
Take profit 2: 25% of the trade is removed.
Take profit 3: 25% of the trade is removed.
Stop loss: 100% of the trade is removed.
After each take profit is achieved, the stop loss level is adjusted. When take profit 1 is reached, the stop loss is moved to the entry point. Similarly, when take profit 2 is reached, the stop loss is shifted to take profit 1. The trailing take profit feature comes into play after take profit 2 or take profit 3, depending on the number of take profits selected in the settings. The trailing take profit is always activated on the final take profit when 2 or more take profits are chosen.
The backtest module also offers the capability to restrict by a specific date range, allowing for simulated forward testing based on past data. Additionally, users have the option to display or hide a trading panel that provides relevant information about the backtest, statistics, and the current trade. It is also possible to activate alerts and toggle sections of the trading panel on or off. On the chart, historical take profit and stop loss levels are represented by horizontal lines overlaid for reference.
To utilize this strategy, follow these steps:
1. Adjust the "Confirmation Type" in the GKD-C Confirmation 1 Indicator to "GKD New."
2. GKD-C Confirmation 1 Import: Import the value "Input into NEW GKD-BT Backtest" from the GKD-C Confirmation 1 module into the GKD-BT Giga Confirmation Stack Backtest module setting named "Import GKD-C Confirmation 1."
3. Adjust the "Confirmation Type" in the GKD-C Confirmation 2 Indicator to "GKD New."
4. GKD-C Confirmation 2 Import: Import the value "Input into NEW GKD-BT Backtest" from the GKD-C Confirmation 2 module into the GKD-BT Giga Confirmation Stack Backtest module setting named "Import GKD-C Confirmation 2."
█ Giga Confirmation Stack Backtest Entries
Entries are generated from the confluence of a GKD-C Confirmation 1 and GKD-C Confirmation 2 indicators. The Confirmation 1 gives the signal and the Confirmation 2 indicator filters or "approves" the the Confirmation 1 signal. If Confirmation 1 gives a long signal and Confirmation 2 shows a downtrend, then the long signal is rejected. If Confirmation 1 gives a long signal and Confirmation 2 shows an uptrend, then the long signal is approved and sent to the backtest execution engine.
█ Volatility Types Included
The GKD system utilizes volatility-based take profits and stop losses. Each take profit and stop loss is calculated as a multiple of volatility. Users can also adjust the multiplier values in the settings.
This module includes 17 types of volatility:
Close-to-Close
Parkinson
Garman-Klass
Rogers-Satchell
Yang-Zhang
Garman-Klass-Yang-Zhang
Exponential Weighted Moving Average
Standard Deviation of Log Returns
Pseudo GARCH(2,2)
Average True Range
True Range Double
Standard Deviation
Adaptive Deviation
Median Absolute Deviation
Efficiency-Ratio Adaptive ATR
Mean Absolute Deviation
Static Percent
Close-to-Close
Close-to-Close volatility is a classic and widely used volatility measure, sometimes referred to as historical volatility.
Volatility is an indicator of the speed of a stock price change. A stock with high volatility is one where the price changes rapidly and with a larger amplitude. The more volatile a stock is, the riskier it is.
Close-to-close historical volatility is calculated using only a stock's closing prices. It is the simplest volatility estimator. However, in many cases, it is not precise enough. Stock prices could jump significantly during a trading session and return to the opening value at the end. That means that a considerable amount of price information is not taken into account by close-to-close volatility.
Despite its drawbacks, Close-to-Close volatility is still useful in cases where the instrument doesn't have intraday prices. For example, mutual funds calculate their net asset values daily or weekly, and thus their prices are not suitable for more sophisticated volatility estimators.
Parkinson
Parkinson volatility is a volatility measure that uses the stock’s high and low price of the day.
The main difference between regular volatility and Parkinson volatility is that the latter uses high and low prices for a day, rather than only the closing price. This is useful as close-to-close prices could show little difference while large price movements could have occurred during the day. Thus, Parkinson's volatility is considered more precise and requires less data for calculation than close-to-close volatility.
One drawback of this estimator is that it doesn't take into account price movements after the market closes. Hence, it systematically undervalues volatility. This drawback is addressed in the Garman-Klass volatility estimator.
Garman-Klass
Garman-Klass is a volatility estimator that incorporates open, low, high, and close prices of a security.
Garman-Klass volatility extends Parkinson's volatility by taking into account the opening and closing prices. As markets are most active during the opening and closing of a trading session, it makes volatility estimation more accurate.
Garman and Klass also assumed that the process of price change follows a continuous diffusion process (Geometric Brownian motion). However, this assumption has several drawbacks. The method is not robust for opening jumps in price and trend movements.
Despite its drawbacks, the Garman-Klass estimator is still more effective than the basic formula since it takes into account not only the price at the beginning and end of the time interval but also intraday price extremes.
Researchers Rogers and Satchell have proposed a more efficient method for assessing historical volatility that takes into account price trends. See Rogers-Satchell Volatility for more detail.
Rogers-Satchell
Rogers-Satchell is an estimator for measuring the volatility of securities with an average return not equal to zero.
Unlike Parkinson and Garman-Klass estimators, Rogers-Satchell incorporates a drift term (mean return not equal to zero). As a result, it provides better volatility estimation when the underlying is trending.
The main disadvantage of this method is that it does not take into account price movements between trading sessions. This leads to an underestimation of volatility since price jumps periodically occur in the market precisely at the moments between sessions.
A more comprehensive estimator that also considers the gaps between sessions was developed based on the Rogers-Satchel formula in the 2000s by Yang-Zhang. See Yang Zhang Volatility for more detail.
Yang-Zhang
Yang Zhang is a historical volatility estimator that handles both opening jumps and the drift and has a minimum estimation error.
Yang-Zhang volatility can be thought of as a combination of the overnight (close-to-open volatility) and a weighted average of the Rogers-Satchell volatility and the day’s open-to-close volatility. It is considered to be 14 times more efficient than the close-to-close estimator.
Garman-Klass-Yang-Zhang
Garman-Klass-Yang-Zhang (GKYZ) volatility estimator incorporates the returns of open, high, low, and closing prices in its calculation.
GKYZ volatility estimator takes into account overnight jumps but not the trend, i.e., it assumes that the underlying asset follows a Geometric Brownian Motion (GBM) process with zero drift. Therefore, the GKYZ volatility estimator tends to overestimate the volatility when the drift is different from zero. However, for a GBM process, this estimator is eight times more efficient than the close-to-close volatility estimator.
Exponential Weighted Moving Average
The Exponentially Weighted Moving Average (EWMA) is a quantitative or statistical measure used to model or describe a time series. The EWMA is widely used in finance, with the main applications being technical analysis and volatility modeling.
The moving average is designed such that older observations are given lower weights. The weights decrease exponentially as the data point gets older – hence the name exponentially weighted.
The only decision a user of the EWMA must make is the parameter lambda. The parameter decides how important the current observation is in the calculation of the EWMA. The higher the value of lambda, the more closely the EWMA tracks the original time series.
Standard Deviation of Log Returns
This is the simplest calculation of volatility. It's the standard deviation of ln(close/close(1)).
Pseudo GARCH(2,2)
This is calculated using a short- and long-run mean of variance multiplied by ?.
?avg(var;M) + (1 ? ?) avg(var;N) = 2?var/(M+1-(M-1)L) + 2(1-?)var/(M+1-(M-1)L)
Solving for ? can be done by minimizing the mean squared error of estimation; that is, regressing L^-1var - avg(var; N) against avg(var; M) - avg(var; N) and using the resulting beta estimate as ?.
Average True Range
The average true range (ATR) is a technical analysis indicator, introduced by market technician J. Welles Wilder Jr. in his book New Concepts in Technical Trading Systems, that measures market volatility by decomposing the entire range of an asset price for that period.
The true range indicator is taken as the greatest of the following: current high less the current low; the absolute value of the current high less the previous close; and the absolute value of the current low less the previous close. The ATR is then a moving average, generally using 14 days, of the true ranges.
True Range Double
A special case of ATR that attempts to correct for volatility skew.
Standard Deviation
Standard deviation is a statistic that measures the dispersion of a dataset relative to its mean and is calculated as the square root of the variance. The standard deviation is calculated as the square root of variance by determining each data point's deviation relative to the mean. If the data points are further from the mean, there is a higher deviation within the data set; thus, the more spread out the data, the higher the standard deviation.
Adaptive Deviation
By definition, the Standard Deviation (STD, also represented by the Greek letter sigma ? or the Latin letter s) is a measure that is used to quantify the amount of variation or dispersion of a set of data values. In technical analysis, we usually use it to measure the level of current volatility.
Standard Deviation is based on Simple Moving Average calculation for mean value. This version of standard deviation uses the properties of EMA to calculate what can be called a new type of deviation, and since it is based on EMA, we can call it EMA deviation. Additionally, Perry Kaufman's efficiency ratio is used to make it adaptive (since all EMA type calculations are nearly perfect for adapting).
The difference when compared to the standard is significant--not just because of EMA usage, but the efficiency ratio makes it a "bit more logical" in very volatile market conditions.
Median Absolute Deviation
The median absolute deviation is a measure of statistical dispersion. Moreover, the MAD is a robust statistic, being more resilient to outliers in a data set than the standard deviation. In the standard deviation, the distances from the mean are squared, so large deviations are weighted more heavily, and thus outliers can heavily influence it. In the MAD, the deviations of a small number of outliers are irrelevant.
Because the MAD is a more robust estimator of scale than the sample variance or standard deviation, it works better with distributions without a mean or variance, such as the Cauchy distribution.
Efficiency-Ratio Adaptive ATR
Average True Range (ATR) is a widely used indicator for many occasions in technical analysis. It is calculated as the RMA of the true range. This version adds a "twist": it uses Perry Kaufman's Efficiency Ratio to calculate adaptive true range.
Mean Absolute Deviation
The mean absolute deviation (MAD) is a measure of variability that indicates the average distance between observations and their mean. MAD uses the original units of the data, which simplifies interpretation. Larger values signify that the data points spread out further from the average. Conversely, lower values correspond to data points bunching closer to it. The mean absolute deviation is also known as the mean deviation and average absolute deviation.
This definition of the mean absolute deviation sounds similar to the standard deviation (SD). While both measure variability, they have different calculations. In recent years, some proponents of MAD have suggested that it replace the SD as the primary measure because it is a simpler concept that better fits real life.
Static Percent
Static Percent allows the user to insert their own constant percent that will then be used to create take profits and stoploss
█ Giga Kaleidoscope Modularized Trading System
Core components of an NNFX algorithmic trading strategy
The NNFX algorithm is built on the principles of trend, momentum, and volatility. There are six core components in the NNFX trading algorithm:
1. Volatility - price volatility; e.g., Average True Range, True Range Double, Close-to-Close, etc.
2. Baseline - a moving average to identify price trend
3. Confirmation 1 - a technical indicator used to identify trends
4. Confirmation 2 - a technical indicator used to identify trends
5. Continuation - a technical indicator used to identify trends
6. Volatility/Volume - a technical indicator used to identify volatility/volume breakouts/breakdown
7. Exit - a technical indicator used to determine when a trend is exhausted
What is Volatility in the NNFX trading system?
In the NNFX (No Nonsense Forex) trading system, ATR (Average True Range) is typically used to measure the volatility of an asset. It is used as a part of the system to help determine the appropriate stop loss and take profit levels for a trade. ATR is calculated by taking the average of the true range values over a specified period.
True range is calculated as the maximum of the following values:
-Current high minus the current low
-Absolute value of the current high minus the previous close
-Absolute value of the current low minus the previous close
ATR is a dynamic indicator that changes with changes in volatility. As volatility increases, the value of ATR increases, and as volatility decreases, the value of ATR decreases. By using ATR in NNFX system, traders can adjust their stop loss and take profit levels according to the volatility of the asset being traded. This helps to ensure that the trade is given enough room to move, while also minimizing potential losses.
Other types of volatility include True Range Double (TRD), Close-to-Close, and Garman-Klass
What is a Baseline indicator?
The baseline is essentially a moving average, and is used to determine the overall direction of the market.
The baseline in the NNFX system is used to filter out trades that are not in line with the long-term trend of the market. The baseline is plotted on the chart along with other indicators, such as the Moving Average (MA), the Relative Strength Index (RSI), and the Average True Range (ATR).
Trades are only taken when the price is in the same direction as the baseline. For example, if the baseline is sloping upwards, only long trades are taken, and if the baseline is sloping downwards, only short trades are taken. This approach helps to ensure that trades are in line with the overall trend of the market, and reduces the risk of entering trades that are likely to fail.
By using a baseline in the NNFX system, traders can have a clear reference point for determining the overall trend of the market, and can make more informed trading decisions. The baseline helps to filter out noise and false signals, and ensures that trades are taken in the direction of the long-term trend.
What is a Confirmation indicator?
Confirmation indicators are technical indicators that are used to confirm the signals generated by primary indicators. Primary indicators are the core indicators used in the NNFX system, such as the Average True Range (ATR), the Moving Average (MA), and the Relative Strength Index (RSI).
The purpose of the confirmation indicators is to reduce false signals and improve the accuracy of the trading system. They are designed to confirm the signals generated by the primary indicators by providing additional information about the strength and direction of the trend.
Some examples of confirmation indicators that may be used in the NNFX system include the Bollinger Bands, the MACD (Moving Average Convergence Divergence), and the MACD Oscillator. These indicators can provide information about the volatility, momentum, and trend strength of the market, and can be used to confirm the signals generated by the primary indicators.
In the NNFX system, confirmation indicators are used in combination with primary indicators and other filters to create a trading system that is robust and reliable. By using multiple indicators to confirm trading signals, the system aims to reduce the risk of false signals and improve the overall profitability of the trades.
What is a Continuation indicator?
In the NNFX (No Nonsense Forex) trading system, a continuation indicator is a technical indicator that is used to confirm a current trend and predict that the trend is likely to continue in the same direction. A continuation indicator is typically used in conjunction with other indicators in the system, such as a baseline indicator, to provide a comprehensive trading strategy.
What is a Volatility/Volume indicator?
Volume indicators, such as the On Balance Volume (OBV), the Chaikin Money Flow (CMF), or the Volume Price Trend (VPT), are used to measure the amount of buying and selling activity in a market. They are based on the trading volume of the market, and can provide information about the strength of the trend. In the NNFX system, volume indicators are used to confirm trading signals generated by the Moving Average and the Relative Strength Index. Volatility indicators include Average Direction Index, Waddah Attar, and Volatility Ratio. In the NNFX trading system, volatility is a proxy for volume and vice versa.
By using volume indicators as confirmation tools, the NNFX trading system aims to reduce the risk of false signals and improve the overall profitability of trades. These indicators can provide additional information about the market that is not captured by the primary indicators, and can help traders to make more informed trading decisions. In addition, volume indicators can be used to identify potential changes in market trends and to confirm the strength of price movements.
What is an Exit indicator?
The exit indicator is used in conjunction with other indicators in the system, such as the Moving Average (MA), the Relative Strength Index (RSI), and the Average True Range (ATR), to provide a comprehensive trading strategy.
The exit indicator in the NNFX system can be any technical indicator that is deemed effective at identifying optimal exit points. Examples of exit indicators that are commonly used include the Parabolic SAR, the Average Directional Index (ADX), and the Chandelier Exit.
The purpose of the exit indicator is to identify when a trend is likely to reverse or when the market conditions have changed, signaling the need to exit a trade. By using an exit indicator, traders can manage their risk and prevent significant losses.
In the NNFX system, the exit indicator is used in conjunction with a stop loss and a take profit order to maximize profits and minimize losses. The stop loss order is used to limit the amount of loss that can be incurred if the trade goes against the trader, while the take profit order is used to lock in profits when the trade is moving in the trader's favor.
Overall, the use of an exit indicator in the NNFX trading system is an important component of a comprehensive trading strategy. It allows traders to manage their risk effectively and improve the profitability of their trades by exiting at the right time.
How does Loxx's GKD (Giga Kaleidoscope Modularized Trading System) implement the NNFX algorithm outlined above?
Loxx's GKD v2.0 system has five types of modules (indicators/strategies). These modules are:
1. GKD-BT - Backtesting module (Volatility, Number 1 in the NNFX algorithm)
2. GKD-B - Baseline module (Baseline and Volatility/Volume, Numbers 1 and 2 in the NNFX algorithm)
3. GKD-C - Confirmation 1/2 and Continuation module (Confirmation 1/2 and Continuation, Numbers 3, 4, and 5 in the NNFX algorithm)
4. GKD-V - Volatility/Volume module (Confirmation 1/2, Number 6 in the NNFX algorithm)
5. GKD-E - Exit module (Exit, Number 7 in the NNFX algorithm)
(additional module types will added in future releases)
Each module interacts with every module by passing data to A backtest module wherein the various components of the GKD system are combined to create a trading signal.
That is, the Baseline indicator passes its data to Volatility/Volume. The Volatility/Volume indicator passes its values to the Confirmation 1 indicator. The Confirmation 1 indicator passes its values to the Confirmation 2 indicator. The Confirmation 2 indicator passes its values to the Continuation indicator. The Continuation indicator passes its values to the Exit indicator, and finally, the Exit indicator passes its values to the Backtest strategy.
This chaining of indicators requires that each module conform to Loxx's GKD protocol, therefore allowing for the testing of every possible combination of technical indicators that make up the six components of the NNFX algorithm.
What does the application of the GKD trading system look like?
Example trading system:
Backtest: Confiramtion Stack Backtest
Baseline: Hull Moving Average
Volatility/Volume: Hurst Exponent
Confirmation 1: Fisher Transform as shown on the chart above
Confirmation 2: uf2018 as shown on the chart above
Continuation: Vortex
Exit: Rex Oscillator
Each GKD indicator is denoted with a module identifier of either: GKD-BT, GKD-B, GKD-C, GKD-V, or GKD-E. This allows traders to understand to which module each indicator belongs and where each indicator fits into the GKD system.
GKD-BT Giga Stacks Backtest [Loxx]Giga Kaleidoscope GKD-BT Giga Stacks Backtest is a Backtesting module included in Loxx's "Giga Kaleidoscope Modularized Trading System".
█ GKD-BT Giga Stacks Backtest
The Giga Stacks Backtest module allows users to perform backtesting on Long and Short signals from the confluence of GKD-B Baseline, GKD-C Confirmation, and GKD-V Volatility/Volume indicators. This module encompasses two types of backtests: Trading and Full. The Trading backtest permits users to evaluate individual trades, whether Long or Short, one at a time. Conversely, the Full backtest allows users to analyze either Longs or Shorts separately by toggling between them in the settings, enabling the examination of results for each signal type. The Trading backtest emulates actual trading conditions, while the Full backtest assesses all signals, regardless of being Long or Short.
Additionally, this backtest module provides the option to test using indicators with 1 to 3 take profits and 1 stop loss. The Trading backtest allows for the use of 1 to 3 take profits, while the Full backtest is limited to 1 take profit. The Trading backtest also offers the capability to apply a trailing take profit.
In terms of the percentage of trade removed at each take profit, this backtest module has the following hardcoded values:
Take profit 1: 50% of the trade is removed.
Take profit 2: 25% of the trade is removed.
Take profit 3: 25% of the trade is removed.
Stop loss: 100% of the trade is removed.
After each take profit is achieved, the stop loss level is adjusted. When take profit 1 is reached, the stop loss is moved to the entry point. Similarly, when take profit 2 is reached, the stop loss is shifted to take profit 1. The trailing take profit feature comes into play after take profit 2 or take profit 3, depending on the number of take profits selected in the settings. The trailing take profit is always activated on the final take profit when 2 or more take profits are chosen.
The backtest module also offers the capability to restrict by a specific date range, allowing for simulated forward testing based on past data. Additionally, users have the option to display or hide a trading panel that provides relevant information about the backtest, statistics, and the current trade. It is also possible to activate alerts and toggle sections of the trading panel on or off. On the chart, historical take profit and stop loss levels are represented by horizontal lines overlaid for reference.
To utilize this strategy, follow these steps (where "Stack XX" denotes the number of the Stack):
GKD-B Baseline Import: Import the value "Input into NEW GKD-BT Backtest" from the GKD-B Baseline module into the GKD-BT Giga Stacks Backtest module setting named "Stack XX: Import GKD-C, GKD-B, or GKD-V."
GKD-V Volatility/Volume Import: Import the value "Input into NEW GKD-BT Backtest" from the GKD-V Volatility/Volume module into the GKD-BT Giga Stacks Backtest module setting named "Stack XX: Import GKD-C, GKD-B, or GKD-V."
GKD-C Confirmation Import: 1) Adjust the "Confirmation Type" in the GKD-C Confirmation Indicator to "GKD New."; 2) Import the value "Input into NEW GKD-BT Backtest" from the GKD-C Confirmation module into the GKD-BT Giga Stacks Backtest module setting named "Stack XX: Import GKD-C, GKD-B, or GKD."
█ Giga Stacks Backtest Entries
Entries are generated form the confluence of up to six GKD-B Baseline, GKD-C Confirmation, and GKD-V Volatility/Volume indicators. Signals are generated when all Stacks reach uptrend or downtrend together.
Here's how this works. Assume we have the following Stacks and their respective trend on the current candle:
Stack 1 indicator is in uptreend
Stack 2 indicator is in downtrend
Stack 3 indicator is in uptreend
Stack 4 indicator is in uptreend
All stacks are in uptrend except for Stack 2. If Stack 2 reaches uptrend while Stacks 1, 3, and 4 stay in uptrend, then a long signal is generated. The last Stack to align with all other Stacks will generate a long or short signal.
█ Volatility Types Included
The GKD system utilizes volatility-based take profits and stop losses. Each take profit and stop loss is calculated as a multiple of volatility. Users can also adjust the multiplier values in the settings.
This module includes 17 types of volatility:
Close-to-Close
Parkinson
Garman-Klass
Rogers-Satchell
Yang-Zhang
Garman-Klass-Yang-Zhang
Exponential Weighted Moving Average
Standard Deviation of Log Returns
Pseudo GARCH(2,2)
Average True Range
True Range Double
Standard Deviation
Adaptive Deviation
Median Absolute Deviation
Efficiency-Ratio Adaptive ATR
Mean Absolute Deviation
Static Percent
Close-to-Close
Close-to-Close volatility is a classic and widely used volatility measure, sometimes referred to as historical volatility.
Volatility is an indicator of the speed of a stock price change. A stock with high volatility is one where the price changes rapidly and with a larger amplitude. The more volatile a stock is, the riskier it is.
Close-to-close historical volatility is calculated using only a stock's closing prices. It is the simplest volatility estimator. However, in many cases, it is not precise enough. Stock prices could jump significantly during a trading session and return to the opening value at the end. That means that a considerable amount of price information is not taken into account by close-to-close volatility.
Despite its drawbacks, Close-to-Close volatility is still useful in cases where the instrument doesn't have intraday prices. For example, mutual funds calculate their net asset values daily or weekly, and thus their prices are not suitable for more sophisticated volatility estimators.
Parkinson
Parkinson volatility is a volatility measure that uses the stock’s high and low price of the day.
The main difference between regular volatility and Parkinson volatility is that the latter uses high and low prices for a day, rather than only the closing price. This is useful as close-to-close prices could show little difference while large price movements could have occurred during the day. Thus, Parkinson's volatility is considered more precise and requires less data for calculation than close-to-close volatility.
One drawback of this estimator is that it doesn't take into account price movements after the market closes. Hence, it systematically undervalues volatility. This drawback is addressed in the Garman-Klass volatility estimator.
Garman-Klass
Garman-Klass is a volatility estimator that incorporates open, low, high, and close prices of a security.
Garman-Klass volatility extends Parkinson's volatility by taking into account the opening and closing prices. As markets are most active during the opening and closing of a trading session, it makes volatility estimation more accurate.
Garman and Klass also assumed that the process of price change follows a continuous diffusion process (Geometric Brownian motion). However, this assumption has several drawbacks. The method is not robust for opening jumps in price and trend movements.
Despite its drawbacks, the Garman-Klass estimator is still more effective than the basic formula since it takes into account not only the price at the beginning and end of the time interval but also intraday price extremes.
Researchers Rogers and Satchell have proposed a more efficient method for assessing historical volatility that takes into account price trends. See Rogers-Satchell Volatility for more detail.
Rogers-Satchell
Rogers-Satchell is an estimator for measuring the volatility of securities with an average return not equal to zero.
Unlike Parkinson and Garman-Klass estimators, Rogers-Satchell incorporates a drift term (mean return not equal to zero). As a result, it provides better volatility estimation when the underlying is trending.
The main disadvantage of this method is that it does not take into account price movements between trading sessions. This leads to an underestimation of volatility since price jumps periodically occur in the market precisely at the moments between sessions.
A more comprehensive estimator that also considers the gaps between sessions was developed based on the Rogers-Satchel formula in the 2000s by Yang-Zhang. See Yang Zhang Volatility for more detail.
Yang-Zhang
Yang Zhang is a historical volatility estimator that handles both opening jumps and the drift and has a minimum estimation error.
Yang-Zhang volatility can be thought of as a combination of the overnight (close-to-open volatility) and a weighted average of the Rogers-Satchell volatility and the day’s open-to-close volatility. It is considered to be 14 times more efficient than the close-to-close estimator.
Garman-Klass-Yang-Zhang
Garman-Klass-Yang-Zhang (GKYZ) volatility estimator incorporates the returns of open, high, low, and closing prices in its calculation.
GKYZ volatility estimator takes into account overnight jumps but not the trend, i.e., it assumes that the underlying asset follows a Geometric Brownian Motion (GBM) process with zero drift. Therefore, the GKYZ volatility estimator tends to overestimate the volatility when the drift is different from zero. However, for a GBM process, this estimator is eight times more efficient than the close-to-close volatility estimator.
Exponential Weighted Moving Average
The Exponentially Weighted Moving Average (EWMA) is a quantitative or statistical measure used to model or describe a time series. The EWMA is widely used in finance, with the main applications being technical analysis and volatility modeling.
The moving average is designed such that older observations are given lower weights. The weights decrease exponentially as the data point gets older – hence the name exponentially weighted.
The only decision a user of the EWMA must make is the parameter lambda. The parameter decides how important the current observation is in the calculation of the EWMA. The higher the value of lambda, the more closely the EWMA tracks the original time series.
Standard Deviation of Log Returns
This is the simplest calculation of volatility. It's the standard deviation of ln(close/close(1)).
Pseudo GARCH(2,2)
This is calculated using a short- and long-run mean of variance multiplied by ?.
?avg(var;M) + (1 ? ?) avg(var;N) = 2?var/(M+1-(M-1)L) + 2(1-?)var/(M+1-(M-1)L)
Solving for ? can be done by minimizing the mean squared error of estimation; that is, regressing L^-1var - avg(var; N) against avg(var; M) - avg(var; N) and using the resulting beta estimate as ?.
Average True Range
The average true range (ATR) is a technical analysis indicator, introduced by market technician J. Welles Wilder Jr. in his book New Concepts in Technical Trading Systems, that measures market volatility by decomposing the entire range of an asset price for that period.
The true range indicator is taken as the greatest of the following: current high less the current low; the absolute value of the current high less the previous close; and the absolute value of the current low less the previous close. The ATR is then a moving average, generally using 14 days, of the true ranges.
True Range Double
A special case of ATR that attempts to correct for volatility skew.
Standard Deviation
Standard deviation is a statistic that measures the dispersion of a dataset relative to its mean and is calculated as the square root of the variance. The standard deviation is calculated as the square root of variance by determining each data point's deviation relative to the mean. If the data points are further from the mean, there is a higher deviation within the data set; thus, the more spread out the data, the higher the standard deviation.
Adaptive Deviation
By definition, the Standard Deviation (STD, also represented by the Greek letter sigma ? or the Latin letter s) is a measure that is used to quantify the amount of variation or dispersion of a set of data values. In technical analysis, we usually use it to measure the level of current volatility.
Standard Deviation is based on Simple Moving Average calculation for mean value. This version of standard deviation uses the properties of EMA to calculate what can be called a new type of deviation, and since it is based on EMA, we can call it EMA deviation. Additionally, Perry Kaufman's efficiency ratio is used to make it adaptive (since all EMA type calculations are nearly perfect for adapting).
The difference when compared to the standard is significant--not just because of EMA usage, but the efficiency ratio makes it a "bit more logical" in very volatile market conditions.
Median Absolute Deviation
The median absolute deviation is a measure of statistical dispersion. Moreover, the MAD is a robust statistic, being more resilient to outliers in a data set than the standard deviation. In the standard deviation, the distances from the mean are squared, so large deviations are weighted more heavily, and thus outliers can heavily influence it. In the MAD, the deviations of a small number of outliers are irrelevant.
Because the MAD is a more robust estimator of scale than the sample variance or standard deviation, it works better with distributions without a mean or variance, such as the Cauchy distribution.
Efficiency-Ratio Adaptive ATR
Average True Range (ATR) is a widely used indicator for many occasions in technical analysis. It is calculated as the RMA of the true range. This version adds a "twist": it uses Perry Kaufman's Efficiency Ratio to calculate adaptive true range.
Mean Absolute Deviation
The mean absolute deviation (MAD) is a measure of variability that indicates the average distance between observations and their mean. MAD uses the original units of the data, which simplifies interpretation. Larger values signify that the data points spread out further from the average. Conversely, lower values correspond to data points bunching closer to it. The mean absolute deviation is also known as the mean deviation and average absolute deviation.
This definition of the mean absolute deviation sounds similar to the standard deviation (SD). While both measure variability, they have different calculations. In recent years, some proponents of MAD have suggested that it replace the SD as the primary measure because it is a simpler concept that better fits real life.
Static Percent
Static Percent allows the user to insert their own constant percent that will then be used to create take profits and stoploss
█ Giga Kaleidoscope Modularized Trading System
Core components of an NNFX algorithmic trading strategy
The NNFX algorithm is built on the principles of trend, momentum, and volatility. There are six core components in the NNFX trading algorithm:
1. Volatility - price volatility; e.g., Average True Range, True Range Double, Close-to-Close, etc.
2. Baseline - a moving average to identify price trend
3. Confirmation 1 - a technical indicator used to identify trends
4. Confirmation 2 - a technical indicator used to identify trends
5. Continuation - a technical indicator used to identify trends
6. Volatility/Volume - a technical indicator used to identify volatility/volume breakouts/breakdown
7. Exit - a technical indicator used to determine when a trend is exhausted
What is Volatility in the NNFX trading system?
In the NNFX (No Nonsense Forex) trading system, ATR (Average True Range) is typically used to measure the volatility of an asset. It is used as a part of the system to help determine the appropriate stop loss and take profit levels for a trade. ATR is calculated by taking the average of the true range values over a specified period.
True range is calculated as the maximum of the following values:
-Current high minus the current low
-Absolute value of the current high minus the previous close
-Absolute value of the current low minus the previous close
ATR is a dynamic indicator that changes with changes in volatility. As volatility increases, the value of ATR increases, and as volatility decreases, the value of ATR decreases. By using ATR in NNFX system, traders can adjust their stop loss and take profit levels according to the volatility of the asset being traded. This helps to ensure that the trade is given enough room to move, while also minimizing potential losses.
Other types of volatility include True Range Double (TRD), Close-to-Close, and Garman-Klass
What is a Baseline indicator?
The baseline is essentially a moving average, and is used to determine the overall direction of the market.
The baseline in the NNFX system is used to filter out trades that are not in line with the long-term trend of the market. The baseline is plotted on the chart along with other indicators, such as the Moving Average (MA), the Relative Strength Index (RSI), and the Average True Range (ATR).
Trades are only taken when the price is in the same direction as the baseline. For example, if the baseline is sloping upwards, only long trades are taken, and if the baseline is sloping downwards, only short trades are taken. This approach helps to ensure that trades are in line with the overall trend of the market, and reduces the risk of entering trades that are likely to fail.
By using a baseline in the NNFX system, traders can have a clear reference point for determining the overall trend of the market, and can make more informed trading decisions. The baseline helps to filter out noise and false signals, and ensures that trades are taken in the direction of the long-term trend.
What is a Confirmation indicator?
Confirmation indicators are technical indicators that are used to confirm the signals generated by primary indicators. Primary indicators are the core indicators used in the NNFX system, such as the Average True Range (ATR), the Moving Average (MA), and the Relative Strength Index (RSI).
The purpose of the confirmation indicators is to reduce false signals and improve the accuracy of the trading system. They are designed to confirm the signals generated by the primary indicators by providing additional information about the strength and direction of the trend.
Some examples of confirmation indicators that may be used in the NNFX system include the Bollinger Bands, the MACD (Moving Average Convergence Divergence), and the MACD Oscillator. These indicators can provide information about the volatility, momentum, and trend strength of the market, and can be used to confirm the signals generated by the primary indicators.
In the NNFX system, confirmation indicators are used in combination with primary indicators and other filters to create a trading system that is robust and reliable. By using multiple indicators to confirm trading signals, the system aims to reduce the risk of false signals and improve the overall profitability of the trades.
What is a Continuation indicator?
In the NNFX (No Nonsense Forex) trading system, a continuation indicator is a technical indicator that is used to confirm a current trend and predict that the trend is likely to continue in the same direction. A continuation indicator is typically used in conjunction with other indicators in the system, such as a baseline indicator, to provide a comprehensive trading strategy.
What is a Volatility/Volume indicator?
Volume indicators, such as the On Balance Volume (OBV), the Chaikin Money Flow (CMF), or the Volume Price Trend (VPT), are used to measure the amount of buying and selling activity in a market. They are based on the trading volume of the market, and can provide information about the strength of the trend. In the NNFX system, volume indicators are used to confirm trading signals generated by the Moving Average and the Relative Strength Index. Volatility indicators include Average Direction Index, Waddah Attar, and Volatility Ratio. In the NNFX trading system, volatility is a proxy for volume and vice versa.
By using volume indicators as confirmation tools, the NNFX trading system aims to reduce the risk of false signals and improve the overall profitability of trades. These indicators can provide additional information about the market that is not captured by the primary indicators, and can help traders to make more informed trading decisions. In addition, volume indicators can be used to identify potential changes in market trends and to confirm the strength of price movements.
What is an Exit indicator?
The exit indicator is used in conjunction with other indicators in the system, such as the Moving Average (MA), the Relative Strength Index (RSI), and the Average True Range (ATR), to provide a comprehensive trading strategy.
The exit indicator in the NNFX system can be any technical indicator that is deemed effective at identifying optimal exit points. Examples of exit indicators that are commonly used include the Parabolic SAR, the Average Directional Index (ADX), and the Chandelier Exit.
The purpose of the exit indicator is to identify when a trend is likely to reverse or when the market conditions have changed, signaling the need to exit a trade. By using an exit indicator, traders can manage their risk and prevent significant losses.
In the NNFX system, the exit indicator is used in conjunction with a stop loss and a take profit order to maximize profits and minimize losses. The stop loss order is used to limit the amount of loss that can be incurred if the trade goes against the trader, while the take profit order is used to lock in profits when the trade is moving in the trader's favor.
Overall, the use of an exit indicator in the NNFX trading system is an important component of a comprehensive trading strategy. It allows traders to manage their risk effectively and improve the profitability of their trades by exiting at the right time.
How does Loxx's GKD (Giga Kaleidoscope Modularized Trading System) implement the NNFX algorithm outlined above?
Loxx's GKD v2.0 system has five types of modules (indicators/strategies). These modules are:
1. GKD-BT - Backtesting module (Volatility, Number 1 in the NNFX algorithm)
2. GKD-B - Baseline module (Baseline and Volatility/Volume, Numbers 1 and 2 in the NNFX algorithm)
3. GKD-C - Confirmation 1/2 and Continuation module (Confirmation 1/2 and Continuation, Numbers 3, 4, and 5 in the NNFX algorithm)
4. GKD-V - Volatility/Volume module (Confirmation 1/2, Number 6 in the NNFX algorithm)
5. GKD-E - Exit module (Exit, Number 7 in the NNFX algorithm)
(additional module types will added in future releases)
Each module interacts with every module by passing data to A backtest module wherein the various components of the GKD system are combined to create a trading signal.
That is, the Baseline indicator passes its data to Volatility/Volume. The Volatility/Volume indicator passes its values to the Confirmation 1 indicator. The Confirmation 1 indicator passes its values to the Confirmation 2 indicator. The Confirmation 2 indicator passes its values to the Continuation indicator. The Continuation indicator passes its values to the Exit indicator, and finally, the Exit indicator passes its values to the Backtest strategy.
This chaining of indicators requires that each module conform to Loxx's GKD protocol, therefore allowing for the testing of every possible combination of technical indicators that make up the six components of the NNFX algorithm.
What does the application of the GKD trading system look like?
Example trading system:
Backtest: Stacks Backtest
Baseline: Hull Moving Average
Volatility/Volume: Hurst Exponent
Confirmation 1: Vorext
Confirmation 2: Coppock Curve
Continuation: Fisher Transform
Exit: Rex Oscillator
Each GKD indicator is denoted with a module identifier of either: GKD-BT, GKD-B, GKD-C, GKD-V, or GKD-E. This allows traders to understand to which module each indicator belongs and where each indicator fits into the GKD system.
GKD-BT Full Giga Kaleidoscope Backtest [Loxx]Giga Kaleidoscope GKD-BT Full Giga Kaleidoscope Backtest is a Backtesting module included in Loxx's "Giga Kaleidoscope Modularized Trading System".
█ GKD-BT Full Giga Kaleidoscope Backtest
The Full Giga Kaleidoscope Backtest module enables users to backtest Full GKD Long and Short signals, allowing the creation of a comprehensive NNFX trading system consisting of two confirmation indicators, a baseline, a measure of volatility/volume, and continuations.
This module offers two types of backtests: Trading and Full. The Trading backtest allows users to evaluate individual Long and Short trades one by one. On the other hand, the Full backtest enables the analysis of Longs or Shorts separately by toggling between them in the settings, providing insights into the results for each signal type. The Trading backtest simulates actual trading conditions, while the Full backtest evaluates all signals regardless of their Long or Short nature.
Additionally, the backtest module allows testing with 1 to 3 take profits and 1 stop loss. The Trading backtest supports 1 to 3 take profits, while the Full backtest is limited to 1 take profit. The Trading backtest also includes a trailing take profit feature.
Regarding the percentage of trade removed at each take profit, the backtest module incorporates the following predefined values:
Take profit 1: 50% of the trade is removed.
Take profit 2: 25% of the trade is removed.
Take profit 3: 25% of the trade is removed.
Stop loss: 100% of the trade is removed.
After achieving each take profit, the stop loss level is adjusted accordingly. When take profit 1 is reached, the stop loss is moved to the entry point. Similarly, when take profit 2 is reached, the stop loss is shifted to take profit 1. The trailing take profit feature comes into effect after take profit 2 or take profit 3, depending on the number of take profits selected in the settings. The trailing take profit is always activated on the final take profit when 2 or more take profits are chosen.
The backtest module also provides the option to restrict testing to a specific date range, allowing for simulated forward testing using past data. Additionally, users can choose to display or hide a trading panel that provides relevant information about the backtest, statistics, and the current trade. It is also possible to activate alerts and toggle sections of the trading panel on or off. Historical take profit and stop loss levels are displayed as overlaid horizontal lines on the chart for reference.
To utilize this strategy, follow these steps:
1. GKD-B Baseline Import: Import the value "Input into NEW GKD-BT Backtest" from the GKD-B Baseline module into the GKD-BT Full Giga Kaleidoscope Backtest module setting named "Import GKD-B Baseline."
2. GKD-V Volatility/Volume Import: Import the value "Input into NEW GKD-BT Backtest" from the GKD-V Volatility/Volume module into the GKD-BT Full Giga Kaleidoscope Backtest module setting named "Import GKD-V Volatility/Volume."
3. Adjust the "Confirmation 1 Type" in the GKD-C Confirmation Indicator to "GKD New."
4. GKD-C Confirmation 1 Import: Import the value "Input into NEW GKD-BT Backtest" from the GKD-C Confirmation 1 module into the GKD-BT Full Giga Kaleidoscope Backtest module setting named "Import GKD-C Confirmation 1."
5. Adjust the "Confirmation 2 Type" in the GKD-C Confirmation 2 Indicator to "GKD New."
6. GKD-C Confirmation 2 Import: Import the value "Input into NEW GKD-BT Backtest" from the GKD-C Confirmation 2 module into the GKD-BT Full Giga Kaleidoscope Backtest module setting named "Import GKD-C Confirmation 2."
7. Adjust the "Confirmation Type" in the GKD-C Continuation Indicator to "GKD New."
8. GKD-C Continuation Import: Import the value "Input into NEW GKD-BT Backtest" from the GKD-C Continuation module into the GKD-BT Full Giga Kaleidoscope Backtest module setting named "Import GKD-C Confirmation."
The GKD system utilizes volatility-based take profits and stop losses, where each take profit and stop loss is calculated as a multiple of volatility. Users have the flexibility to adjust the multiplier values in the settings to suit their preferences.
In a future update, the Full Giga Kaleidoscope Backtest module will include the option to incorporate a GKD-E Exit indicator, completing the full trading strategy.
█ Full Giga Kaleidoscope Backtest Entries
Within this module, there are ten distinct types of entries available, which are outlined below:
Standard Entry
1-Candle Standard Entry
Baseline Entry
1-Candle Baseline Entry
Volatility/Volume Entry
1-Candle Volatility/Volume Entry
Confirmation 2 Entry
1-Candle Confirmation 2 Entry
PullBack Entry
Continuation Entry
Each of these entry types can generate either long or short signals, resulting in a total of 20 signal variations. The user has the flexibility to enable or disable specific entry types and choose which qualifying rules within each entry type are applied to price to determine the final long or short signal.
The following section provides an overview of the various entry types and their corresponding qualifying rules:
Standard Entry
1. GKD-C Confirmation gives signal
2. Baseline agrees
3. Price inside Goldie Locks Zone Minimum
4. Price inside Goldie Locks Zone Maximum
5. Confirmation 2 agrees
6. Volatility/Volume agrees
1-Candle Standard Entry
1a. GKD-C Confirmation gives signal
2a. Baseline agrees
3a. Price inside Goldie Locks Zone Minimum
4a. Price inside Goldie Locks Zone Maximum
Next Candle
1b. Price retraced
2b. Baseline agrees
3b. Confirmation 1 agrees
4b. Confirmation 2 agrees
5b. Volatility/Volume agrees
Baseline Entry
1. GKD-B Basline gives signal
2. Confirmation 1 agrees
3. Price inside Goldie Locks Zone Minimum
4. Price inside Goldie Locks Zone Maximum
5. Confirmation 2 agrees
6. Volatility/Volume agrees
7. Confirmation 1 signal was less than 'Maximum Allowable PSBC Bars Back' prior
1-Candle Baseline Entry
1a. GKD-B Baseline gives signal
2a. Confirmation 1 agrees
3a. Price inside Goldie Locks Zone Minimum
4a. Price inside Goldie Locks Zone Maximum
5a. Confirmation 1 signal was less than 'Maximum Allowable PSBC Bars Back' prior
Next Candle
1b. Price retraced
2b. Baseline agrees
3b. Confirmation 1 agrees
4b. Confirmation 2 agrees
5b. Volatility/Volume agrees
Volatility/Volume Entry
1. GKD-V Volatility/Volume gives signal
2. Confirmation 1 agrees
3. Price inside Goldie Locks Zone Minimum
4. Price inside Goldie Locks Zone Maximum
5. Confirmation 2 agrees
6. Baseline agrees
7. Confirmation 1 signal was less than 7 candles prior
1-Candle Volatility/Volume Entry
1a. GKD-V Volatility/Volume gives signal
2a. Confirmation 1 agrees
3a. Price inside Goldie Locks Zone Minimum
4a. Price inside Goldie Locks Zone Maximum
5a. Confirmation 1 signal was less than 'Maximum Allowable PSVVC Bars Back' prior
Next Candle
1b. Price retraced
2b. Volatility/Volume agrees
3b. Confirmation 1 agrees
4b. Confirmation 2 agrees
5b. Baseline agrees
Confirmation 2 Entry
1. GKD-C Confirmation 2 gives signal
2. Confirmation 1 agrees
3. Price inside Goldie Locks Zone Minimum
4. Price inside Goldie Locks Zone Maximum
5. Volatility/Volume agrees
6. Baseline agrees
7. Confirmation 1 signal was less than 7 candles prior
1-Candle Confirmation 2 Entry
1a. GKD-C Confirmation 2 gives signal
2a. Confirmation 1 agrees
3a. Price inside Goldie Locks Zone Minimum
4a. Price inside Goldie Locks Zone Maximum
5a. Confirmation 1 signal was less than 'Maximum Allowable PSC2C Bars Back' prior
Next Candle
1b. Price retraced
2b. Confirmation 2 agrees
3b. Confirmation 1 agrees
4b. Volatility/Volume agrees
5b. Baseline agrees
PullBack Entry
1a. GKD-B Baseline gives signal
2a. Confirmation 1 agrees
3a. Price is beyond 1.0x Volatility of Baseline
Next Candle
1b. Price inside Goldie Locks Zone Minimum
2b. Price inside Goldie Locks Zone Maximum
3b. Confirmation 1 agrees
4b. Confirmation 2 agrees
5b. Volatility/Volume agrees
Continuation Entry
1. Standard Entry, 1-Candle Standard Entry, Baseline Entry, 1-Candle Baseline Entry, Volatility/Volume Entry, 1-Candle Volatility/Volume Entry, Confirmation 2 Entry, 1-Candle Confirmation 2 Entry, or Pullback entry triggered previously
2. Baseline hasn't crossed since entry signal trigger
4. Confirmation 1 agrees
5. Baseline agrees
6. Confirmation 2 agrees
█ Volatility Types Included
This module includes 17 types of volatility:
Close-to-Close
Parkinson
Garman-Klass
Rogers-Satchell
Yang-Zhang
Garman-Klass-Yang-Zhang
Exponential Weighted Moving Average
Standard Deviation of Log Returns
Pseudo GARCH(2,2)
Average True Range
True Range Double
Standard Deviation
Adaptive Deviation
Median Absolute Deviation
Efficiency-Ratio Adaptive ATR
Mean Absolute Deviation
Static Percent
Close-to-Close
Close-to-Close volatility is a classic and widely used volatility measure, sometimes referred to as historical volatility.
Volatility is an indicator of the speed of a stock price change. A stock with high volatility is one where the price changes rapidly and with a larger amplitude. The more volatile a stock is, the riskier it is.
Close-to-close historical volatility is calculated using only a stock's closing prices. It is the simplest volatility estimator. However, in many cases, it is not precise enough. Stock prices could jump significantly during a trading session and return to the opening value at the end. That means that a considerable amount of price information is not taken into account by close-to-close volatility.
Despite its drawbacks, Close-to-Close volatility is still useful in cases where the instrument doesn't have intraday prices. For example, mutual funds calculate their net asset values daily or weekly, and thus their prices are not suitable for more sophisticated volatility estimators.
Parkinson
Parkinson volatility is a volatility measure that uses the stock’s high and low price of the day.
The main difference between regular volatility and Parkinson volatility is that the latter uses high and low prices for a day, rather than only the closing price. This is useful as close-to-close prices could show little difference while large price movements could have occurred during the day. Thus, Parkinson's volatility is considered more precise and requires less data for calculation than close-to-close volatility.
One drawback of this estimator is that it doesn't take into account price movements after the market closes. Hence, it systematically undervalues volatility. This drawback is addressed in the Garman-Klass volatility estimator.
Garman-Klass
Garman-Klass is a volatility estimator that incorporates open, low, high, and close prices of a security.
Garman-Klass volatility extends Parkinson's volatility by taking into account the opening and closing prices. As markets are most active during the opening and closing of a trading session, it makes volatility estimation more accurate.
Garman and Klass also assumed that the process of price change follows a continuous diffusion process (Geometric Brownian motion). However, this assumption has several drawbacks. The method is not robust for opening jumps in price and trend movements.
Despite its drawbacks, the Garman-Klass estimator is still more effective than the basic formula since it takes into account not only the price at the beginning and end of the time interval but also intraday price extremes.
Researchers Rogers and Satchell have proposed a more efficient method for assessing historical volatility that takes into account price trends. See Rogers-Satchell Volatility for more detail.
Rogers-Satchell
Rogers-Satchell is an estimator for measuring the volatility of securities with an average return not equal to zero.
Unlike Parkinson and Garman-Klass estimators, Rogers-Satchell incorporates a drift term (mean return not equal to zero). As a result, it provides better volatility estimation when the underlying is trending.
The main disadvantage of this method is that it does not take into account price movements between trading sessions. This leads to an underestimation of volatility since price jumps periodically occur in the market precisely at the moments between sessions.
A more comprehensive estimator that also considers the gaps between sessions was developed based on the Rogers-Satchel formula in the 2000s by Yang-Zhang. See Yang Zhang Volatility for more detail.
Yang-Zhang
Yang Zhang is a historical volatility estimator that handles both opening jumps and the drift and has a minimum estimation error.
Yang-Zhang volatility can be thought of as a combination of the overnight (close-to-open volatility) and a weighted average of the Rogers-Satchell volatility and the day’s open-to-close volatility. It is considered to be 14 times more efficient than the close-to-close estimator.
Garman-Klass-Yang-Zhang
Garman-Klass-Yang-Zhang (GKYZ) volatility estimator incorporates the returns of open, high, low, and closing prices in its calculation.
GKYZ volatility estimator takes into account overnight jumps but not the trend, i.e., it assumes that the underlying asset follows a Geometric Brownian Motion (GBM) process with zero drift. Therefore, the GKYZ volatility estimator tends to overestimate the volatility when the drift is different from zero. However, for a GBM process, this estimator is eight times more efficient than the close-to-close volatility estimator.
Exponential Weighted Moving Average
The Exponentially Weighted Moving Average (EWMA) is a quantitative or statistical measure used to model or describe a time series. The EWMA is widely used in finance, with the main applications being technical analysis and volatility modeling.
The moving average is designed such that older observations are given lower weights. The weights decrease exponentially as the data point gets older – hence the name exponentially weighted.
The only decision a user of the EWMA must make is the parameter lambda. The parameter decides how important the current observation is in the calculation of the EWMA. The higher the value of lambda, the more closely the EWMA tracks the original time series.
Standard Deviation of Log Returns
This is the simplest calculation of volatility. It's the standard deviation of ln(close/close(1)).
Pseudo GARCH(2,2)
This is calculated using a short- and long-run mean of variance multiplied by ?.
?avg(var;M) + (1 ? ?) avg(var;N) = 2?var/(M+1-(M-1)L) + 2(1-?)var/(M+1-(M-1)L)
Solving for ? can be done by minimizing the mean squared error of estimation; that is, regressing L^-1var - avg(var; N) against avg(var; M) - avg(var; N) and using the resulting beta estimate as ?.
Average True Range
The average true range (ATR) is a technical analysis indicator, introduced by market technician J. Welles Wilder Jr. in his book New Concepts in Technical Trading Systems, that measures market volatility by decomposing the entire range of an asset price for that period.
The true range indicator is taken as the greatest of the following: current high less the current low; the absolute value of the current high less the previous close; and the absolute value of the current low less the previous close. The ATR is then a moving average, generally using 14 days, of the true ranges.
True Range Double
A special case of ATR that attempts to correct for volatility skew.
Standard Deviation
Standard deviation is a statistic that measures the dispersion of a dataset relative to its mean and is calculated as the square root of the variance. The standard deviation is calculated as the square root of variance by determining each data point's deviation relative to the mean. If the data points are further from the mean, there is a higher deviation within the data set; thus, the more spread out the data, the higher the standard deviation.
Adaptive Deviation
By definition, the Standard Deviation (STD, also represented by the Greek letter sigma ? or the Latin letter s) is a measure that is used to quantify the amount of variation or dispersion of a set of data values. In technical analysis, we usually use it to measure the level of current volatility.
Standard Deviation is based on Simple Moving Average calculation for mean value. This version of standard deviation uses the properties of EMA to calculate what can be called a new type of deviation, and since it is based on EMA, we can call it EMA deviation. Additionally, Perry Kaufman's efficiency ratio is used to make it adaptive (since all EMA type calculations are nearly perfect for adapting).
The difference when compared to the standard is significant--not just because of EMA usage, but the efficiency ratio makes it a "bit more logical" in very volatile market conditions.
Median Absolute Deviation
The median absolute deviation is a measure of statistical dispersion. Moreover, the MAD is a robust statistic, being more resilient to outliers in a data set than the standard deviation. In the standard deviation, the distances from the mean are squared, so large deviations are weighted more heavily, and thus outliers can heavily influence it. In the MAD, the deviations of a small number of outliers are irrelevant.
Because the MAD is a more robust estimator of scale than the sample variance or standard deviation, it works better with distributions without a mean or variance, such as the Cauchy distribution.
Efficiency-Ratio Adaptive ATR
Average True Range (ATR) is a widely used indicator for many occasions in technical analysis. It is calculated as the RMA of the true range. This version adds a "twist": it uses Perry Kaufman's Efficiency Ratio to calculate adaptive true range.
Mean Absolute Deviation
The mean absolute deviation (MAD) is a measure of variability that indicates the average distance between observations and their mean. MAD uses the original units of the data, which simplifies interpretation. Larger values signify that the data points spread out further from the average. Conversely, lower values correspond to data points bunching closer to it. The mean absolute deviation is also known as the mean deviation and average absolute deviation.
This definition of the mean absolute deviation sounds similar to the standard deviation (SD). While both measure variability, they have different calculations. In recent years, some proponents of MAD have suggested that it replace the SD as the primary measure because it is a simpler concept that better fits real life.
Static Percent
Static Percent allows the user to insert their own constant percent that will then be used to create take profits and stoploss
█ Giga Kaleidoscope Modularized Trading System
Core components of an NNFX algorithmic trading strategy
The NNFX algorithm is built on the principles of trend, momentum, and volatility. There are six core components in the NNFX trading algorithm:
1. Volatility - price volatility; e.g., Average True Range, True Range Double, Close-to-Close, etc.
2. Baseline - a moving average to identify price trend
3. Confirmation 1 - a technical indicator used to identify trends
4. Confirmation 2 - a technical indicator used to identify trends
5. Continuation - a technical indicator used to identify trends
6. Volatility/Volume - a technical indicator used to identify volatility/volume breakouts/breakdown
7. Exit - a technical indicator used to determine when a trend is exhausted
What is Volatility in the NNFX trading system?
In the NNFX (No Nonsense Forex) trading system, ATR (Average True Range) is typically used to measure the volatility of an asset. It is used as a part of the system to help determine the appropriate stop loss and take profit levels for a trade. ATR is calculated by taking the average of the true range values over a specified period.
True range is calculated as the maximum of the following values:
-Current high minus the current low
-Absolute value of the current high minus the previous close
-Absolute value of the current low minus the previous close
ATR is a dynamic indicator that changes with changes in volatility. As volatility increases, the value of ATR increases, and as volatility decreases, the value of ATR decreases. By using ATR in NNFX system, traders can adjust their stop loss and take profit levels according to the volatility of the asset being traded. This helps to ensure that the trade is given enough room to move, while also minimizing potential losses.
Other types of volatility include True Range Double (TRD), Close-to-Close, and Garman-Klass
What is a Baseline indicator?
The baseline is essentially a moving average, and is used to determine the overall direction of the market.
The baseline in the NNFX system is used to filter out trades that are not in line with the long-term trend of the market. The baseline is plotted on the chart along with other indicators, such as the Moving Average (MA), the Relative Strength Index (RSI), and the Average True Range (ATR).
Trades are only taken when the price is in the same direction as the baseline. For example, if the baseline is sloping upwards, only long trades are taken, and if the baseline is sloping downwards, only short trades are taken. This approach helps to ensure that trades are in line with the overall trend of the market, and reduces the risk of entering trades that are likely to fail.
By using a baseline in the NNFX system, traders can have a clear reference point for determining the overall trend of the market, and can make more informed trading decisions. The baseline helps to filter out noise and false signals, and ensures that trades are taken in the direction of the long-term trend.
What is a Confirmation indicator?
Confirmation indicators are technical indicators that are used to confirm the signals generated by primary indicators. Primary indicators are the core indicators used in the NNFX system, such as the Average True Range (ATR), the Moving Average (MA), and the Relative Strength Index (RSI).
The purpose of the confirmation indicators is to reduce false signals and improve the accuracy of the trading system. They are designed to confirm the signals generated by the primary indicators by providing additional information about the strength and direction of the trend.
Some examples of confirmation indicators that may be used in the NNFX system include the Bollinger Bands, the MACD (Moving Average Convergence Divergence), and the MACD Oscillator. These indicators can provide information about the volatility, momentum, and trend strength of the market, and can be used to confirm the signals generated by the primary indicators.
In the NNFX system, confirmation indicators are used in combination with primary indicators and other filters to create a trading system that is robust and reliable. By using multiple indicators to confirm trading signals, the system aims to reduce the risk of false signals and improve the overall profitability of the trades.
What is a Continuation indicator?
In the NNFX (No Nonsense Forex) trading system, a continuation indicator is a technical indicator that is used to confirm a current trend and predict that the trend is likely to continue in the same direction. A continuation indicator is typically used in conjunction with other indicators in the system, such as a baseline indicator, to provide a comprehensive trading strategy.
What is a Volatility/Volume indicator?
Volume indicators, such as the On Balance Volume (OBV), the Chaikin Money Flow (CMF), or the Volume Price Trend (VPT), are used to measure the amount of buying and selling activity in a market. They are based on the trading volume of the market, and can provide information about the strength of the trend. In the NNFX system, volume indicators are used to confirm trading signals generated by the Moving Average and the Relative Strength Index. Volatility indicators include Average Direction Index, Waddah Attar, and Volatility Ratio. In the NNFX trading system, volatility is a proxy for volume and vice versa.
By using volume indicators as confirmation tools, the NNFX trading system aims to reduce the risk of false signals and improve the overall profitability of trades. These indicators can provide additional information about the market that is not captured by the primary indicators, and can help traders to make more informed trading decisions. In addition, volume indicators can be used to identify potential changes in market trends and to confirm the strength of price movements.
What is an Exit indicator?
The exit indicator is used in conjunction with other indicators in the system, such as the Moving Average (MA), the Relative Strength Index (RSI), and the Average True Range (ATR), to provide a comprehensive trading strategy.
The exit indicator in the NNFX system can be any technical indicator that is deemed effective at identifying optimal exit points. Examples of exit indicators that are commonly used include the Parabolic SAR, the Average Directional Index (ADX), and the Chandelier Exit.
The purpose of the exit indicator is to identify when a trend is likely to reverse or when the market conditions have changed, signaling the need to exit a trade. By using an exit indicator, traders can manage their risk and prevent significant losses.
In the NNFX system, the exit indicator is used in conjunction with a stop loss and a take profit order to maximize profits and minimize losses. The stop loss order is used to limit the amount of loss that can be incurred if the trade goes against the trader, while the take profit order is used to lock in profits when the trade is moving in the trader's favor.
Overall, the use of an exit indicator in the NNFX trading system is an important component of a comprehensive trading strategy. It allows traders to manage their risk effectively and improve the profitability of their trades by exiting at the right time.
How does Loxx's GKD (Giga Kaleidoscope Modularized Trading System) implement the NNFX algorithm outlined above?
Loxx's GKD v2.0 system has five types of modules (indicators/strategies). These modules are:
1. GKD-BT - Backtesting module (Volatility, Number 1 in the NNFX algorithm)
2. GKD-B - Baseline module (Baseline and Volatility/Volume, Numbers 1 and 2 in the NNFX algorithm)
3. GKD-C - Confirmation 1/2 and Continuation module (Confirmation 1/2 and Continuation, Numbers 3, 4, and 5 in the NNFX algorithm)
4. GKD-V - Volatility/Volume module (Confirmation 1/2, Number 6 in the NNFX algorithm)
5. GKD-E - Exit module (Exit, Number 7 in the NNFX algorithm)
(additional module types will added in future releases)
Each module interacts with every module by passing data to A backtest module wherein the various components of the GKD system are combined to create a trading signal.
That is, the Baseline indicator passes its data to Volatility/Volume. The Volatility/Volume indicator passes its values to the Confirmation 1 indicator. The Confirmation 1 indicator passes its values to the Confirmation 2 indicator. The Confirmation 2 indicator passes its values to the Continuation indicator. The Continuation indicator passes its values to the Exit indicator, and finally, the Exit indicator passes its values to the Backtest strategy.
This chaining of indicators requires that each module conform to Loxx's GKD protocol, therefore allowing for the testing of every possible combination of technical indicators that make up the six components of the NNFX algorithm.
What does the application of the GKD trading system look like?
Example trading system:
Backtest: Full Giga Kaleidoscope Backtest as shown on the chart above
Baseline: Hull Moving Average as shown on the chart above
Volatility/Volume: Hurst Exponent as shown on the chart above
Confirmation 1: Vorext as shown on the chart above
Confirmation 2: Coppock Curve as shown on the chart above
Continuation: Fisher Transform as shown on the chart above
Exit: Rex Oscillator
Each GKD indicator is denoted with a module identifier of either: GKD-BT, GKD-B, GKD-C, GKD-V, or GKD-E. This allows traders to understand to which module each indicator belongs and where each indicator fits into the GKD system.
GKD-BT Solo Confirmation Super Complex Backtest [Loxx]Giga Kaleidoscope GKD-BT Solo Confirmation Super Complex Backtest is a Backtesting module included in Loxx's "Giga Kaleidoscope Modularized Trading System".
█ GKD-BT Solo Confirmation Super Complex Backtest
The Solo Confirmation Super Complex Backtest module allows users to perform backtesting on Full GKD Long and Short signals using GKD-C confirmation indicators. These signals are further refined by GKD-B Baseline and GKD-V Volatility/Volume indicators and augmented by an additional GKD-C Confirmation indicator acting as a Continuation indicator. This module serves as a comprehensive tool that falls just below a Full GKD trading system. The key difference is that the GKD-BT Solo Confirmation Super Complex utilizes a single GKD-C Confirmation indicator, while the Full GKD system employs two GKD-C Confirmation indicators. Both the Solo Confirmation Super Complex and the Full GKD systems incorporate an extra GKD-C Confirmation indicator to identify Continuation signals, which provide both longs and shorts on developing trends following an initial trend change.
This module encompasses two types of backtests: Trading and Full. The Trading backtest permits users to evaluate individual trades, whether Long or Short, one at a time. Conversely, the Full backtest allows users to analyze either Longs or Shorts separately by toggling between them in the settings, enabling the examination of results for each signal type. The Trading backtest emulates actual trading conditions, while the Full backtest assesses all signals, regardless of being Long or Short.
Additionally, this backtest module provides the option to test the core GKD-C Confirmation and GKD-C Continuation indicators with 1 to 3 take profits and 1 stop loss. The Trading backtest allows for the use of 1 to 3 take profits, while the Full backtest is limited to 1 take profit. The Trading backtest also offers the capability to apply a trailing take profit.
In terms of the percentage of trade removed at each take profit, this backtest module has the following hardcoded values:
Take profit 1: 50% of the trade is removed.
Take profit 2: 25% of the trade is removed.
Take profit 3: 25% of the trade is removed.
Stop loss: 100% of the trade is removed.
After each take profit is achieved, the stop loss level is adjusted. When take profit 1 is reached, the stop loss is moved to the entry point. Similarly, when take profit 2 is reached, the stop loss is shifted to take profit 1. The trailing take profit feature comes into play after take profit 2 or take profit 3, depending on the number of take profits selected in the settings. The trailing take profit is always activated on the final take profit when 2 or more take profits are chosen.
The backtest module also offers the capability to restrict by a specific date range, allowing for simulated forward testing based on past data. Additionally, users have the option to display or hide a trading panel that provides relevant information about the backtest, statistics, and the current trade. It is also possible to activate alerts and toggle sections of the trading panel on or off. On the chart, historical take profit and stop loss levels are represented by horizontal lines overlaid for reference.
To utilize this strategy, follow these steps:
1. GKD-B Baseline Import: Import the value "Input into NEW GKD-BT Backtest" from the GKD-B Baseline module into the GKD-BT Solo Confirmation Super Complex Backtest module setting named "Import GKD-B Baseline."
2. GKD-V Volatility/Volume Import: Import the value "Input into NEW GKD-BT Backtest" from the GKD-V Volatility/Volume module into the GKD-BT Solo Confirmation Super Complex Backtest module setting named "Import GKD-V Volatility/Volume."
3. Adjust the "Confirmation Type" in the GKD-C Confirmation Indicator to "GKD New."
4. GKD-C Confirmation Import: Import the value "Input into NEW GKD-BT Backtest" from the GKD-C Confirmation module into the GKD-BT Solo Confirmation Super Complex Backtest module setting named "Import GKD-C Confirmation."
5. Adjust the "Confirmation Type" in the GKD-C Continuation Indicator to "GKD New."
6. GKD-C Continuation Import: Import the value "Input into NEW GKD-BT Backtest" from the GKD-C Continuation module into the GKD-BT Solo Confirmation Super Complex Backtest module setting named "Import GKD-C Continuation."
The GKD system utilizes volatility-based take profits and stop losses. Each take profit and stop loss is calculated as a multiple of volatility. Users can also adjust the multiplier values in the settings.
In a future update, the option to include a GKD-E Exit indicator will be added to this module to complete a full trading strategy.
█ Solo Confirmation Super Complex Backtest Entries
Within this module, there are eight distinct types of entries available, which are outlined below:
Standard Entry
1-Candle Standard Entry
Baseline Entry
1-Candle Baseline Entry
Volatility/Volume Entry
1-Candle Volatility/Volume Entry
PullBack Entry
Continuation Entry
Each of these entry types can generate either long or short signals, resulting in a total of 16 signal variations. The user has the flexibility to enable or disable specific entry types and choose which qualifying rules within each entry type are applied to price to determine the final long or short signal. You'll notice that these signals are different form the core GKD signals mentioned towards the end of this description. Signals from the GKD-BT Solo Confirmation Super Complex Backtest are modifided to add additional qualifications to make your finalized trading strategy more dynamic and robust.
The following section provides an overview of the various entry types and their corresponding qualifying rules:
Standard Entry
1. GKD-C Confirmation gives signal
2. Baseline agrees
3. Price inside Goldie Locks Zone Minimum
4. Price inside Goldie Locks Zone Maximum
5. Volatility/Volume agrees
1-Candle Standard Entry
1a. GKD-C Confirmation gives signal
2a. Baseline agrees
3a. Price inside Goldie Locks Zone Minimum
4a. Price inside Goldie Locks Zone Maximum
Next Candle:
1b. Price retraced
2b. Baseline agrees
3b. Confirmation 1 agrees
4b. Volatility/Volume agrees
Baseline Entry
1. GKD-B Basline gives signal
2. Confirmation 1 agrees
3. Price inside Goldie Locks Zone Minimum
4. Price inside Goldie Locks Zone Maximum
5. Volatility/Volume agrees
6. Confirmation 1 signal was less than 'Maximum Allowable PSBC Bars Back' prior
1-Candle Baseline Entry
1a. GKD-B Basline gives signal
2a. Confirmation 1 agrees
3a. Price inside Goldie Locks Zone Minimum
4a. Price inside Goldie Locks Zone Maximum
5a. Confirmation 1 signal was less than 'Maximum Allowable PSBC Bars Back' prior
Next Candle:
1b. Price retraced
2b. Baseline agrees
3b. Confirmation 1 agrees
4b. Volatility/Volume agrees
Volatility/Volume Entry
1. GKD-V Volatility/Volume gives signal
2. Confirmation 1 agrees
3. Price inside Goldie Locks Zone Minimum
4. Price inside Goldie Locks Zone Maximum
5. Baseline agrees
6. Confirmation 1 signal was less than 7 candles prior
1-Candle Volatility/Volume Entry
1a. GKD-V Volatility/Volume gives signal
2a. Confirmation 1 agrees
3a. Price inside Goldie Locks Zone Minimum
4a. Price inside Goldie Locks Zone Maximum
5a. Confirmation 1 signal was less than 'Maximum Allowable PSVVC Bars Back' prior
Next Candle:
1b. Price retraced
2b. Volatility/Volume agrees
3b. Confirmation 1 agrees
4b. Baseline agrees
PullBack Entry
1a. GKD-B Baseline gives signal
2a. Confirmation 1 agrees
3a. Price is beyond 1.0x Volatility of Baseline
Next Candle:
1b. Price inside Goldie Locks Zone Minimum
2b. Price inside Goldie Locks Zone Maximum
3b. Confirmation 1 agrees
4b. Volatility/Volume agrees
Continuation Entry
1. Standard Entry, 1-Candle Standard Entry, Baseline Entry, 1-Candle Baseline Entry, Volatility/Volume Entry, 1-Candle Volatility/Volume Entry, or Pullback entry triggered previously
2. Baseline hasn't crossed since entry signal trigger
4. Confirmation 1 agrees
5. Baseline agrees
█ Volatility Types Included
This module includes 17 types of volatility:
Close-to-Close
Parkinson
Garman-Klass
Rogers-Satchell
Yang-Zhang
Garman-Klass-Yang-Zhang
Exponential Weighted Moving Average
Standard Deviation of Log Returns
Pseudo GARCH(2,2)
Average True Range
True Range Double
Standard Deviation
Adaptive Deviation
Median Absolute Deviation
Efficiency-Ratio Adaptive ATR
Mean Absolute Deviation
Static Percent
Close-to-Close
Close-to-Close volatility is a classic and widely used volatility measure, sometimes referred to as historical volatility.
Volatility is an indicator of the speed of a stock price change. A stock with high volatility is one where the price changes rapidly and with a larger amplitude. The more volatile a stock is, the riskier it is.
Close-to-close historical volatility is calculated using only a stock's closing prices. It is the simplest volatility estimator. However, in many cases, it is not precise enough. Stock prices could jump significantly during a trading session and return to the opening value at the end. That means that a considerable amount of price information is not taken into account by close-to-close volatility.
Despite its drawbacks, Close-to-Close volatility is still useful in cases where the instrument doesn't have intraday prices. For example, mutual funds calculate their net asset values daily or weekly, and thus their prices are not suitable for more sophisticated volatility estimators.
Parkinson
Parkinson volatility is a volatility measure that uses the stock’s high and low price of the day.
The main difference between regular volatility and Parkinson volatility is that the latter uses high and low prices for a day, rather than only the closing price. This is useful as close-to-close prices could show little difference while large price movements could have occurred during the day. Thus, Parkinson's volatility is considered more precise and requires less data for calculation than close-to-close volatility.
One drawback of this estimator is that it doesn't take into account price movements after the market closes. Hence, it systematically undervalues volatility. This drawback is addressed in the Garman-Klass volatility estimator.
Garman-Klass
Garman-Klass is a volatility estimator that incorporates open, low, high, and close prices of a security.
Garman-Klass volatility extends Parkinson's volatility by taking into account the opening and closing prices. As markets are most active during the opening and closing of a trading session, it makes volatility estimation more accurate.
Garman and Klass also assumed that the process of price change follows a continuous diffusion process (Geometric Brownian motion). However, this assumption has several drawbacks. The method is not robust for opening jumps in price and trend movements.
Despite its drawbacks, the Garman-Klass estimator is still more effective than the basic formula since it takes into account not only the price at the beginning and end of the time interval but also intraday price extremes.
Researchers Rogers and Satchell have proposed a more efficient method for assessing historical volatility that takes into account price trends. See Rogers-Satchell Volatility for more detail.
Rogers-Satchell
Rogers-Satchell is an estimator for measuring the volatility of securities with an average return not equal to zero.
Unlike Parkinson and Garman-Klass estimators, Rogers-Satchell incorporates a drift term (mean return not equal to zero). As a result, it provides better volatility estimation when the underlying is trending.
The main disadvantage of this method is that it does not take into account price movements between trading sessions. This leads to an underestimation of volatility since price jumps periodically occur in the market precisely at the moments between sessions.
A more comprehensive estimator that also considers the gaps between sessions was developed based on the Rogers-Satchel formula in the 2000s by Yang-Zhang. See Yang Zhang Volatility for more detail.
Yang-Zhang
Yang Zhang is a historical volatility estimator that handles both opening jumps and the drift and has a minimum estimation error.
Yang-Zhang volatility can be thought of as a combination of the overnight (close-to-open volatility) and a weighted average of the Rogers-Satchell volatility and the day’s open-to-close volatility. It is considered to be 14 times more efficient than the close-to-close estimator.
Garman-Klass-Yang-Zhang
Garman-Klass-Yang-Zhang (GKYZ) volatility estimator incorporates the returns of open, high, low, and closing prices in its calculation.
GKYZ volatility estimator takes into account overnight jumps but not the trend, i.e., it assumes that the underlying asset follows a Geometric Brownian Motion (GBM) process with zero drift. Therefore, the GKYZ volatility estimator tends to overestimate the volatility when the drift is different from zero. However, for a GBM process, this estimator is eight times more efficient than the close-to-close volatility estimator.
Exponential Weighted Moving Average
The Exponentially Weighted Moving Average (EWMA) is a quantitative or statistical measure used to model or describe a time series. The EWMA is widely used in finance, with the main applications being technical analysis and volatility modeling.
The moving average is designed such that older observations are given lower weights. The weights decrease exponentially as the data point gets older – hence the name exponentially weighted.
The only decision a user of the EWMA must make is the parameter lambda. The parameter decides how important the current observation is in the calculation of the EWMA. The higher the value of lambda, the more closely the EWMA tracks the original time series.
Standard Deviation of Log Returns
This is the simplest calculation of volatility. It's the standard deviation of ln(close/close(1)).
Pseudo GARCH(2,2)
This is calculated using a short- and long-run mean of variance multiplied by ?.
?avg(var;M) + (1 ? ?) avg(var;N) = 2?var/(M+1-(M-1)L) + 2(1-?)var/(M+1-(M-1)L)
Solving for ? can be done by minimizing the mean squared error of estimation; that is, regressing L^-1var - avg(var; N) against avg(var; M) - avg(var; N) and using the resulting beta estimate as ?.
Average True Range
The average true range (ATR) is a technical analysis indicator, introduced by market technician J. Welles Wilder Jr. in his book New Concepts in Technical Trading Systems, that measures market volatility by decomposing the entire range of an asset price for that period.
The true range indicator is taken as the greatest of the following: current high less the current low; the absolute value of the current high less the previous close; and the absolute value of the current low less the previous close. The ATR is then a moving average, generally using 14 days, of the true ranges.
True Range Double
A special case of ATR that attempts to correct for volatility skew.
Standard Deviation
Standard deviation is a statistic that measures the dispersion of a dataset relative to its mean and is calculated as the square root of the variance. The standard deviation is calculated as the square root of variance by determining each data point's deviation relative to the mean. If the data points are further from the mean, there is a higher deviation within the data set; thus, the more spread out the data, the higher the standard deviation.
Adaptive Deviation
By definition, the Standard Deviation (STD, also represented by the Greek letter sigma ? or the Latin letter s) is a measure that is used to quantify the amount of variation or dispersion of a set of data values. In technical analysis, we usually use it to measure the level of current volatility.
Standard Deviation is based on Simple Moving Average calculation for mean value. This version of standard deviation uses the properties of EMA to calculate what can be called a new type of deviation, and since it is based on EMA, we can call it EMA deviation. Additionally, Perry Kaufman's efficiency ratio is used to make it adaptive (since all EMA type calculations are nearly perfect for adapting).
The difference when compared to the standard is significant--not just because of EMA usage, but the efficiency ratio makes it a "bit more logical" in very volatile market conditions.
Median Absolute Deviation
The median absolute deviation is a measure of statistical dispersion. Moreover, the MAD is a robust statistic, being more resilient to outliers in a data set than the standard deviation. In the standard deviation, the distances from the mean are squared, so large deviations are weighted more heavily, and thus outliers can heavily influence it. In the MAD, the deviations of a small number of outliers are irrelevant.
Because the MAD is a more robust estimator of scale than the sample variance or standard deviation, it works better with distributions without a mean or variance, such as the Cauchy distribution.
Efficiency-Ratio Adaptive ATR
Average True Range (ATR) is a widely used indicator for many occasions in technical analysis. It is calculated as the RMA of the true range. This version adds a "twist": it uses Perry Kaufman's Efficiency Ratio to calculate adaptive true range.
Mean Absolute Deviation
The mean absolute deviation (MAD) is a measure of variability that indicates the average distance between observations and their mean. MAD uses the original units of the data, which simplifies interpretation. Larger values signify that the data points spread out further from the average. Conversely, lower values correspond to data points bunching closer to it. The mean absolute deviation is also known as the mean deviation and average absolute deviation.
This definition of the mean absolute deviation sounds similar to the standard deviation (SD). While both measure variability, they have different calculations. In recent years, some proponents of MAD have suggested that it replace the SD as the primary measure because it is a simpler concept that better fits real life.
Static Percent
Static Percent allows the user to insert their own constant percent that will then be used to create take profits and stoploss
█ Giga Kaleidoscope Modularized Trading System
Core components of an NNFX algorithmic trading strategy
The NNFX algorithm is built on the principles of trend, momentum, and volatility. There are six core components in the NNFX trading algorithm:
1. Volatility - price volatility; e.g., Average True Range, True Range Double, Close-to-Close, etc.
2. Baseline - a moving average to identify price trend
3. Confirmation 1 - a technical indicator used to identify trends
4. Confirmation 2 - a technical indicator used to identify trends
5. Continuation - a technical indicator used to identify trends
6. Volatility/Volume - a technical indicator used to identify volatility/volume breakouts/breakdown
7. Exit - a technical indicator used to determine when a trend is exhausted
What is Volatility in the NNFX trading system?
In the NNFX (No Nonsense Forex) trading system, ATR (Average True Range) is typically used to measure the volatility of an asset. It is used as a part of the system to help determine the appropriate stop loss and take profit levels for a trade. ATR is calculated by taking the average of the true range values over a specified period.
True range is calculated as the maximum of the following values:
-Current high minus the current low
-Absolute value of the current high minus the previous close
-Absolute value of the current low minus the previous close
ATR is a dynamic indicator that changes with changes in volatility. As volatility increases, the value of ATR increases, and as volatility decreases, the value of ATR decreases. By using ATR in NNFX system, traders can adjust their stop loss and take profit levels according to the volatility of the asset being traded. This helps to ensure that the trade is given enough room to move, while also minimizing potential losses.
Other types of volatility include True Range Double (TRD), Close-to-Close, and Garman-Klass
What is a Baseline indicator?
The baseline is essentially a moving average, and is used to determine the overall direction of the market.
The baseline in the NNFX system is used to filter out trades that are not in line with the long-term trend of the market. The baseline is plotted on the chart along with other indicators, such as the Moving Average (MA), the Relative Strength Index (RSI), and the Average True Range (ATR).
Trades are only taken when the price is in the same direction as the baseline. For example, if the baseline is sloping upwards, only long trades are taken, and if the baseline is sloping downwards, only short trades are taken. This approach helps to ensure that trades are in line with the overall trend of the market, and reduces the risk of entering trades that are likely to fail.
By using a baseline in the NNFX system, traders can have a clear reference point for determining the overall trend of the market, and can make more informed trading decisions. The baseline helps to filter out noise and false signals, and ensures that trades are taken in the direction of the long-term trend.
What is a Confirmation indicator?
Confirmation indicators are technical indicators that are used to confirm the signals generated by primary indicators. Primary indicators are the core indicators used in the NNFX system, such as the Average True Range (ATR), the Moving Average (MA), and the Relative Strength Index (RSI).
The purpose of the confirmation indicators is to reduce false signals and improve the accuracy of the trading system. They are designed to confirm the signals generated by the primary indicators by providing additional information about the strength and direction of the trend.
Some examples of confirmation indicators that may be used in the NNFX system include the Bollinger Bands, the MACD (Moving Average Convergence Divergence), and the MACD Oscillator. These indicators can provide information about the volatility, momentum, and trend strength of the market, and can be used to confirm the signals generated by the primary indicators.
In the NNFX system, confirmation indicators are used in combination with primary indicators and other filters to create a trading system that is robust and reliable. By using multiple indicators to confirm trading signals, the system aims to reduce the risk of false signals and improve the overall profitability of the trades.
What is a Continuation indicator?
In the NNFX (No Nonsense Forex) trading system, a continuation indicator is a technical indicator that is used to confirm a current trend and predict that the trend is likely to continue in the same direction. A continuation indicator is typically used in conjunction with other indicators in the system, such as a baseline indicator, to provide a comprehensive trading strategy.
What is a Volatility/Volume indicator?
Volume indicators, such as the On Balance Volume (OBV), the Chaikin Money Flow (CMF), or the Volume Price Trend (VPT), are used to measure the amount of buying and selling activity in a market. They are based on the trading volume of the market, and can provide information about the strength of the trend. In the NNFX system, volume indicators are used to confirm trading signals generated by the Moving Average and the Relative Strength Index. Volatility indicators include Average Direction Index, Waddah Attar, and Volatility Ratio. In the NNFX trading system, volatility is a proxy for volume and vice versa.
By using volume indicators as confirmation tools, the NNFX trading system aims to reduce the risk of false signals and improve the overall profitability of trades. These indicators can provide additional information about the market that is not captured by the primary indicators, and can help traders to make more informed trading decisions. In addition, volume indicators can be used to identify potential changes in market trends and to confirm the strength of price movements.
What is an Exit indicator?
The exit indicator is used in conjunction with other indicators in the system, such as the Moving Average (MA), the Relative Strength Index (RSI), and the Average True Range (ATR), to provide a comprehensive trading strategy.
The exit indicator in the NNFX system can be any technical indicator that is deemed effective at identifying optimal exit points. Examples of exit indicators that are commonly used include the Parabolic SAR, the Average Directional Index (ADX), and the Chandelier Exit.
The purpose of the exit indicator is to identify when a trend is likely to reverse or when the market conditions have changed, signaling the need to exit a trade. By using an exit indicator, traders can manage their risk and prevent significant losses.
In the NNFX system, the exit indicator is used in conjunction with a stop loss and a take profit order to maximize profits and minimize losses. The stop loss order is used to limit the amount of loss that can be incurred if the trade goes against the trader, while the take profit order is used to lock in profits when the trade is moving in the trader's favor.
Overall, the use of an exit indicator in the NNFX trading system is an important component of a comprehensive trading strategy. It allows traders to manage their risk effectively and improve the profitability of their trades by exiting at the right time.
How does Loxx's GKD (Giga Kaleidoscope Modularized Trading System) implement the NNFX algorithm outlined above?
Loxx's GKD v2.0 system has five types of modules (indicators/strategies). These modules are:
1. GKD-BT - Backtesting module (Volatility, Number 1 in the NNFX algorithm)
2. GKD-B - Baseline module (Baseline and Volatility/Volume, Numbers 1 and 2 in the NNFX algorithm)
3. GKD-C - Confirmation 1/2 and Continuation module (Confirmation 1/2 and Continuation, Numbers 3, 4, and 5 in the NNFX algorithm)
4. GKD-V - Volatility/Volume module (Confirmation 1/2, Number 6 in the NNFX algorithm)
5. GKD-E - Exit module (Exit, Number 7 in the NNFX algorithm)
(additional module types will added in future releases)
Each module interacts with every module by passing data to A backtest module wherein the various components of the GKD system are combined to create a trading signal.
That is, the Baseline indicator passes its data to Volatility/Volume. The Volatility/Volume indicator passes its values to the Confirmation 1 indicator. The Confirmation 1 indicator passes its values to the Confirmation 2 indicator. The Confirmation 2 indicator passes its values to the Continuation indicator. The Continuation indicator passes its values to the Exit indicator, and finally, the Exit indicator passes its values to the Backtest strategy.
This chaining of indicators requires that each module conform to Loxx's GKD protocol, therefore allowing for the testing of every possible combination of technical indicators that make up the six components of the NNFX algorithm.
What does the application of the GKD trading system look like?
Example trading system:
Backtest: Solo Confirmation Complex Backtest as shown on the chart above
Baseline: Hull Moving Average as shown on the chart above
Volatility/Volume: Hurst Exponent as shown on the chart above
Confirmation 1: Fisher Trasnform as shown on the chart above
Confirmation 2: Williams Percent Range
Continuation: Vortex as shown on the chart above
Exit: Rex Oscillator
Each GKD indicator is denoted with a module identifier of either: GKD-BT, GKD-B, GKD-C, GKD-V, or GKD-E. This allows traders to understand to which module each indicator belongs and where each indicator fits into the GKD system.
Giga Kaleidoscope Modularized Trading System Signals (based on the NNFX algorithm)
Standard Entry
1. GKD-C Confirmation 1 Signal
2. GKD-B Baseline agrees
3. Price is within a range of 0.2x Volatility and 1.0x Volatility of the Goldie Locks Mean
4. GKD-C Confirmation 2 agrees
5. GKD-V Volatility/Volume agrees
Baseline Entry
1. GKD-B Baseline signal
2. GKD-C Confirmation 1 agrees
3. Price is within a range of 0.2x Volatility and 1.0x Volatility of the Goldie Locks Mean
4. GKD-C Confirmation 2 agrees
5. GKD-V Volatility/Volume agrees
6. GKD-C Confirmation 1 signal was less than 7 candles prior
Volatility/Volume Entry
1. GKD-V Volatility/Volume signal
2. GKD-C Confirmation 1 agrees
3. Price is within a range of 0.2x Volatility and 1.0x Volatility of the Goldie Locks Mean
4. GKD-C Confirmation 2 agrees
5. GKD-B Baseline agrees
6. GKD-C Confirmation 1 signal was less than 7 candles prior
Continuation Entry
1. Standard Entry, Baseline Entry, or Pullback; entry triggered previously
2. GKD-B Baseline hasn't crossed since entry signal trigger
3. GKD-C Confirmation Continuation Indicator signals
4. GKD-C Confirmation 1 agrees
5. GKD-B Baseline agrees
6. GKD-C Confirmation 2 agrees
1-Candle Rule Standard Entry
1. GKD-C Confirmation 1 signal
2. GKD-B Baseline agrees
3. Price is within a range of 0.2x Volatility and 1.0x Volatility of the Goldie Locks Mean
Next Candle:
1. Price retraced (Long: close < close or Short: close > close )
2. GKD-B Baseline agrees
3. GKD-C Confirmation 1 agrees
4. GKD-C Confirmation 2 agrees
5. GKD-V Volatility/Volume agrees
1-Candle Rule Baseline Entry
1. GKD-B Baseline signal
2. GKD-C Confirmation 1 agrees
3. Price is within a range of 0.2x Volatility and 1.0x Volatility of the Goldie Locks Mean
4. GKD-C Confirmation 1 signal was less than 7 candles prior
Next Candle:
1. Price retraced (Long: close < close or Short: close > close )
2. GKD-B Baseline agrees
3. GKD-C Confirmation 1 agrees
4. GKD-C Confirmation 2 agrees
5. GKD-V Volatility/Volume Agrees
1-Candle Rule Volatility/Volume Entry
1. GKD-V Volatility/Volume signal
2. GKD-C Confirmation 1 agrees
3. Price is within a range of 0.2x Volatility and 1.0x Volatility of the Goldie Locks Mean
4. GKD-C Confirmation 1 signal was less than 7 candles prior
Next Candle:
1. Price retraced (Long: close < close or Short: close > close)
2. GKD-B Volatility/Volume agrees
3. GKD-C Confirmation 1 agrees
4. GKD-C Confirmation 2 agrees
5. GKD-B Baseline agrees
PullBack Entry
1. GKD-B Baseline signal
2. GKD-C Confirmation 1 agrees
3. Price is beyond 1.0x Volatility of Baseline
Next Candle:
1. Price is within a range of 0.2x Volatility and 1.0x Volatility of the Goldie Locks Mean
2. GKD-C Confirmation 1 agrees
3. GKD-C Confirmation 2 agrees
4. GKD-V Volatility/Volume Agrees
GKD-BT Solo Confirmation Complex Backtest [Loxx]Giga Kaleidoscope GKD-BT Solo Confirmation Complex Backtest is a Backtesting module included in Loxx's "Giga Kaleidoscope Modularized Trading System".
█ GKD-BT Solo Confirmation Complex Backtest
The Solo Confirmation Complex Backtest module enables users to perform backtesting on Standard Long and Short signals from GKD-C confirmation indicators, filtered by GKD-B Baseline and GKD-V Volatility/Volume indicators. This module represents a complex form of the Solo Confirmation Backtest in the GKD trading system. It includes two types of backtests: Trading and Full. The Trading backtest allows users to test individual trades, both Long and Short, one at a time. On the other hand, the Full backtest allows users to test either Longs or Shorts by toggling between them in the settings to view the results for each signal type. The Trading backtest simulates real trading, while the Full backtest tests all signals, whether Long or Short.
Additionally, this backtest module provides the option to test the GKD-C Confirmation indicator with 1 to 3 take profits and 1 stop loss. The Trading backtest allows for the use of 1 to 3 take profits, while the Full backtest is limited to 1 take profit. The Trading backtest also offers the capability to apply a trailing take profit.
In terms of the percentage of trade removed at each take profit, this backtest module has the following hardcoded values:
Take profit 1: 50% of the trade is removed.
Take profit 2: 25% of the trade is removed.
Take profit 3: 25% of the trade is removed.
Stop loss: 100% of the trade is removed.
After each take profit is achieved, the stop loss level is adjusted. When take profit 1 is reached, the stop loss is moved to the entry point. Similarly, when take profit 2 is reached, the stop loss is shifted to take profit 1. The trailing take profit feature comes into play after take profit 2 or take profit 3, depending on the number of take profits selected in the settings. The trailing take profit is always activated on the final take profit when 2 or more take profits are chosen.
The backtest module also offers the capability to restrict by a specific date range, allowing for simulated forward testing based on past data. Additionally, users have the option to display or hide a trading panel that provides relevant information about the backtest, statistics, and the current trade. It is also possible to activate alerts and toggle sections of the trading panel on or off. On the chart, historical take profit and stop loss levels are represented by horizontal lines overlaid for reference.
The GKD system utilizes volatility-based take profits and stop losses. Each take profit and stop loss is calculated as a multiple of volatility. Users can also adjust the multiplier values in the settings.
To utilize this strategy, follow these steps:
1. GKD-B Baseline Import: Import the value "Input into NEW GKD-BT Backtest" from the GKD-B Baseline module into the GKD-BT Solo Confirmation Complex Backtest module setting named "Import GKD-B Baseline indicator."
Adjust the "Confirmation Type" in the GKD-C Confirmation Indicator to "GKD New."
2. GKD-C Confirmation Import: Import the value "Input into NEW GKD-BT Backtest" from the GKD-C Confirmation module into the GKD-BT Solo Confirmation Complex Backtest module setting named "Import GKD-C Confirmation indicator."
3. GKD-V Volatility/Volume Import: Import the value "Input into NEW GKD-BT Backtest" from the GKD-V Volatility/Volume module into the GKD-BT Solo Confirmation Complex Backtest module setting named "Import GKD-V Volatility/Volume indicator."
4. The Solo Confirmation Complex Backtest module exclusively supports Standard Entries, both Long and Short. However, please note that this module uses a modified version of the Standard Entry. In this modified version, long and short signals are directly imported from the Confirmation indicator, and then baseline and volatility filtering is applied.
The GKD-B Baseline filter ensures that only trades aligning with the GKD-B Baseline's current trend are accepted. This filter takes into consideration the Goldie Locks Zone, which allows trades where the closing price of the last candle has moved within a minimum XX volatility and a maximum YY volatility range. The GKD-V Volatility/Volume filter allows only trades that meet a minimum threshold of ZZ GKD-V Volatility/Volume, which varies based on the specific GKD-V Volatility/Volume indicator used.
The Solo Confirmation Complex Backtest execution engine determines whether signals from the GKD-C Confirmation indicator are accepted or rejected based on two criteria:
1. The GKD-C Confirmation signal must be qualified by the direction of the GKD-B Baseline trend and the GKD-B Baseline's sweet-spot Goldie Locks Zone.
2. Sufficient Volatility/Volume, as indicated by the GKD-V Volatility/Volume indicator, must be present to execute a trade.
The purpose of the Solo Confirmation Complex Backtest is to test a GKD-C Confirmation indicator in the presence of macro trend and volatility/volume filtering.
Volatility Types Included
17 types of volatility are included in this indicator
Close-to-Close
Parkinson
Garman-Klass
Rogers-Satchell
Yang-Zhang
Garman-Klass-Yang-Zhang
Exponential Weighted Moving Average
Standard Deviation of Log Returns
Pseudo GARCH(2,2)
Average True Range
True Range Double
Standard Deviation
Adaptive Deviation
Median Absolute Deviation
Efficiency-Ratio Adaptive ATR
Mean Absolute Deviation
Static Percent
Close-to-Close
Close-to-Close volatility is a classic and widely used volatility measure, sometimes referred to as historical volatility.
Volatility is an indicator of the speed of a stock price change. A stock with high volatility is one where the price changes rapidly and with a larger amplitude. The more volatile a stock is, the riskier it is.
Close-to-close historical volatility is calculated using only a stock's closing prices. It is the simplest volatility estimator. However, in many cases, it is not precise enough. Stock prices could jump significantly during a trading session and return to the opening value at the end. That means that a considerable amount of price information is not taken into account by close-to-close volatility.
Despite its drawbacks, Close-to-Close volatility is still useful in cases where the instrument doesn't have intraday prices. For example, mutual funds calculate their net asset values daily or weekly, and thus their prices are not suitable for more sophisticated volatility estimators.
Parkinson
Parkinson volatility is a volatility measure that uses the stock’s high and low price of the day.
The main difference between regular volatility and Parkinson volatility is that the latter uses high and low prices for a day, rather than only the closing price. This is useful as close-to-close prices could show little difference while large price movements could have occurred during the day. Thus, Parkinson's volatility is considered more precise and requires less data for calculation than close-to-close volatility.
One drawback of this estimator is that it doesn't take into account price movements after the market closes. Hence, it systematically undervalues volatility. This drawback is addressed in the Garman-Klass volatility estimator.
Garman-Klass
Garman-Klass is a volatility estimator that incorporates open, low, high, and close prices of a security.
Garman-Klass volatility extends Parkinson's volatility by taking into account the opening and closing prices. As markets are most active during the opening and closing of a trading session, it makes volatility estimation more accurate.
Garman and Klass also assumed that the process of price change follows a continuous diffusion process (Geometric Brownian motion). However, this assumption has several drawbacks. The method is not robust for opening jumps in price and trend movements.
Despite its drawbacks, the Garman-Klass estimator is still more effective than the basic formula since it takes into account not only the price at the beginning and end of the time interval but also intraday price extremes.
Researchers Rogers and Satchell have proposed a more efficient method for assessing historical volatility that takes into account price trends. See Rogers-Satchell Volatility for more detail.
Rogers-Satchell
Rogers-Satchell is an estimator for measuring the volatility of securities with an average return not equal to zero.
Unlike Parkinson and Garman-Klass estimators, Rogers-Satchell incorporates a drift term (mean return not equal to zero). As a result, it provides better volatility estimation when the underlying is trending.
The main disadvantage of this method is that it does not take into account price movements between trading sessions. This leads to an underestimation of volatility since price jumps periodically occur in the market precisely at the moments between sessions.
A more comprehensive estimator that also considers the gaps between sessions was developed based on the Rogers-Satchel formula in the 2000s by Yang-Zhang. See Yang Zhang Volatility for more detail.
Yang-Zhang
Yang Zhang is a historical volatility estimator that handles both opening jumps and the drift and has a minimum estimation error.
Yang-Zhang volatility can be thought of as a combination of the overnight (close-to-open volatility) and a weighted average of the Rogers-Satchell volatility and the day’s open-to-close volatility. It is considered to be 14 times more efficient than the close-to-close estimator.
Garman-Klass-Yang-Zhang
Garman-Klass-Yang-Zhang (GKYZ) volatility estimator incorporates the returns of open, high, low, and closing prices in its calculation.
GKYZ volatility estimator takes into account overnight jumps but not the trend, i.e., it assumes that the underlying asset follows a Geometric Brownian Motion (GBM) process with zero drift. Therefore, the GKYZ volatility estimator tends to overestimate the volatility when the drift is different from zero. However, for a GBM process, this estimator is eight times more efficient than the close-to-close volatility estimator.
Exponential Weighted Moving Average
The Exponentially Weighted Moving Average (EWMA) is a quantitative or statistical measure used to model or describe a time series. The EWMA is widely used in finance, with the main applications being technical analysis and volatility modeling.
The moving average is designed such that older observations are given lower weights. The weights decrease exponentially as the data point gets older – hence the name exponentially weighted.
The only decision a user of the EWMA must make is the parameter lambda. The parameter decides how important the current observation is in the calculation of the EWMA. The higher the value of lambda, the more closely the EWMA tracks the original time series.
Standard Deviation of Log Returns
This is the simplest calculation of volatility. It's the standard deviation of ln(close/close(1)).
Pseudo GARCH(2,2)
This is calculated using a short- and long-run mean of variance multiplied by ?.
?avg(var;M) + (1 ? ?) avg(var;N) = 2?var/(M+1-(M-1)L) + 2(1-?)var/(M+1-(M-1)L)
Solving for ? can be done by minimizing the mean squared error of estimation; that is, regressing L^-1var - avg(var; N) against avg(var; M) - avg(var; N) and using the resulting beta estimate as ?.
Average True Range
The average true range (ATR) is a technical analysis indicator, introduced by market technician J. Welles Wilder Jr. in his book New Concepts in Technical Trading Systems, that measures market volatility by decomposing the entire range of an asset price for that period.
The true range indicator is taken as the greatest of the following: current high less the current low; the absolute value of the current high less the previous close; and the absolute value of the current low less the previous close. The ATR is then a moving average, generally using 14 days, of the true ranges.
True Range Double
A special case of ATR that attempts to correct for volatility skew.
Standard Deviation
Standard deviation is a statistic that measures the dispersion of a dataset relative to its mean and is calculated as the square root of the variance. The standard deviation is calculated as the square root of variance by determining each data point's deviation relative to the mean. If the data points are further from the mean, there is a higher deviation within the data set; thus, the more spread out the data, the higher the standard deviation.
Adaptive Deviation
By definition, the Standard Deviation (STD, also represented by the Greek letter sigma ? or the Latin letter s) is a measure that is used to quantify the amount of variation or dispersion of a set of data values. In technical analysis, we usually use it to measure the level of current volatility.
Standard Deviation is based on Simple Moving Average calculation for mean value. This version of standard deviation uses the properties of EMA to calculate what can be called a new type of deviation, and since it is based on EMA, we can call it EMA deviation. Additionally, Perry Kaufman's efficiency ratio is used to make it adaptive (since all EMA type calculations are nearly perfect for adapting).
The difference when compared to the standard is significant--not just because of EMA usage, but the efficiency ratio makes it a "bit more logical" in very volatile market conditions.
Median Absolute Deviation
The median absolute deviation is a measure of statistical dispersion. Moreover, the MAD is a robust statistic, being more resilient to outliers in a data set than the standard deviation. In the standard deviation, the distances from the mean are squared, so large deviations are weighted more heavily, and thus outliers can heavily influence it. In the MAD, the deviations of a small number of outliers are irrelevant.
Because the MAD is a more robust estimator of scale than the sample variance or standard deviation, it works better with distributions without a mean or variance, such as the Cauchy distribution.
Efficiency-Ratio Adaptive ATR
Average True Range (ATR) is a widely used indicator for many occasions in technical analysis. It is calculated as the RMA of the true range. This version adds a "twist": it uses Perry Kaufman's Efficiency Ratio to calculate adaptive true range.
Mean Absolute Deviation
The mean absolute deviation (MAD) is a measure of variability that indicates the average distance between observations and their mean. MAD uses the original units of the data, which simplifies interpretation. Larger values signify that the data points spread out further from the average. Conversely, lower values correspond to data points bunching closer to it. The mean absolute deviation is also known as the mean deviation and average absolute deviation.
This definition of the mean absolute deviation sounds similar to the standard deviation (SD). While both measure variability, they have different calculations. In recent years, some proponents of MAD have suggested that it replace the SD as the primary measure because it is a simpler concept that better fits real life.
Static Percent
Static Percent allows the user to insert their own constant percent that will then be used to create take profits and stoploss
█ Giga Kaleidoscope Modularized Trading System
Core components of an NNFX algorithmic trading strategy
The NNFX algorithm is built on the principles of trend, momentum, and volatility. There are six core components in the NNFX trading algorithm:
1. Volatility - price volatility; e.g., Average True Range, True Range Double, Close-to-Close, etc.
2. Baseline - a moving average to identify price trend
3. Confirmation 1 - a technical indicator used to identify trends
4. Confirmation 2 - a technical indicator used to identify trends
5. Continuation - a technical indicator used to identify trends
6. Volatility/Volume - a technical indicator used to identify volatility/volume breakouts/breakdown
7. Exit - a technical indicator used to determine when a trend is exhausted
What is Volatility in the NNFX trading system?
In the NNFX (No Nonsense Forex) trading system, ATR (Average True Range) is typically used to measure the volatility of an asset. It is used as a part of the system to help determine the appropriate stop loss and take profit levels for a trade. ATR is calculated by taking the average of the true range values over a specified period.
True range is calculated as the maximum of the following values:
-Current high minus the current low
-Absolute value of the current high minus the previous close
-Absolute value of the current low minus the previous close
ATR is a dynamic indicator that changes with changes in volatility. As volatility increases, the value of ATR increases, and as volatility decreases, the value of ATR decreases. By using ATR in NNFX system, traders can adjust their stop loss and take profit levels according to the volatility of the asset being traded. This helps to ensure that the trade is given enough room to move, while also minimizing potential losses.
Other types of volatility include True Range Double (TRD), Close-to-Close, and Garman-Klass
What is a Baseline indicator?
The baseline is essentially a moving average, and is used to determine the overall direction of the market.
The baseline in the NNFX system is used to filter out trades that are not in line with the long-term trend of the market. The baseline is plotted on the chart along with other indicators, such as the Moving Average (MA), the Relative Strength Index (RSI), and the Average True Range (ATR).
Trades are only taken when the price is in the same direction as the baseline. For example, if the baseline is sloping upwards, only long trades are taken, and if the baseline is sloping downwards, only short trades are taken. This approach helps to ensure that trades are in line with the overall trend of the market, and reduces the risk of entering trades that are likely to fail.
By using a baseline in the NNFX system, traders can have a clear reference point for determining the overall trend of the market, and can make more informed trading decisions. The baseline helps to filter out noise and false signals, and ensures that trades are taken in the direction of the long-term trend.
What is a Confirmation indicator?
Confirmation indicators are technical indicators that are used to confirm the signals generated by primary indicators. Primary indicators are the core indicators used in the NNFX system, such as the Average True Range (ATR), the Moving Average (MA), and the Relative Strength Index (RSI).
The purpose of the confirmation indicators is to reduce false signals and improve the accuracy of the trading system. They are designed to confirm the signals generated by the primary indicators by providing additional information about the strength and direction of the trend.
Some examples of confirmation indicators that may be used in the NNFX system include the Bollinger Bands, the MACD (Moving Average Convergence Divergence), and the MACD Oscillator. These indicators can provide information about the volatility, momentum, and trend strength of the market, and can be used to confirm the signals generated by the primary indicators.
In the NNFX system, confirmation indicators are used in combination with primary indicators and other filters to create a trading system that is robust and reliable. By using multiple indicators to confirm trading signals, the system aims to reduce the risk of false signals and improve the overall profitability of the trades.
What is a Continuation indicator?
In the NNFX (No Nonsense Forex) trading system, a continuation indicator is a technical indicator that is used to confirm a current trend and predict that the trend is likely to continue in the same direction. A continuation indicator is typically used in conjunction with other indicators in the system, such as a baseline indicator, to provide a comprehensive trading strategy.
What is a Volatility/Volume indicator?
Volume indicators, such as the On Balance Volume (OBV), the Chaikin Money Flow (CMF), or the Volume Price Trend (VPT), are used to measure the amount of buying and selling activity in a market. They are based on the trading volume of the market, and can provide information about the strength of the trend. In the NNFX system, volume indicators are used to confirm trading signals generated by the Moving Average and the Relative Strength Index. Volatility indicators include Average Direction Index, Waddah Attar, and Volatility Ratio. In the NNFX trading system, volatility is a proxy for volume and vice versa.
By using volume indicators as confirmation tools, the NNFX trading system aims to reduce the risk of false signals and improve the overall profitability of trades. These indicators can provide additional information about the market that is not captured by the primary indicators, and can help traders to make more informed trading decisions. In addition, volume indicators can be used to identify potential changes in market trends and to confirm the strength of price movements.
What is an Exit indicator?
The exit indicator is used in conjunction with other indicators in the system, such as the Moving Average (MA), the Relative Strength Index (RSI), and the Average True Range (ATR), to provide a comprehensive trading strategy.
The exit indicator in the NNFX system can be any technical indicator that is deemed effective at identifying optimal exit points. Examples of exit indicators that are commonly used include the Parabolic SAR, the Average Directional Index (ADX), and the Chandelier Exit.
The purpose of the exit indicator is to identify when a trend is likely to reverse or when the market conditions have changed, signaling the need to exit a trade. By using an exit indicator, traders can manage their risk and prevent significant losses.
In the NNFX system, the exit indicator is used in conjunction with a stop loss and a take profit order to maximize profits and minimize losses. The stop loss order is used to limit the amount of loss that can be incurred if the trade goes against the trader, while the take profit order is used to lock in profits when the trade is moving in the trader's favor.
Overall, the use of an exit indicator in the NNFX trading system is an important component of a comprehensive trading strategy. It allows traders to manage their risk effectively and improve the profitability of their trades by exiting at the right time.
How does Loxx's GKD (Giga Kaleidoscope Modularized Trading System) implement the NNFX algorithm outlined above?
Loxx's GKD v2.0 system has five types of modules (indicators/strategies). These modules are:
1. GKD-BT - Backtesting module (Volatility, Number 1 in the NNFX algorithm)
2. GKD-B - Baseline module (Baseline and Volatility/Volume, Numbers 1 and 2 in the NNFX algorithm)
3. GKD-C - Confirmation 1/2 and Continuation module (Confirmation 1/2 and Continuation, Numbers 3, 4, and 5 in the NNFX algorithm)
4. GKD-V - Volatility/Volume module (Confirmation 1/2, Number 6 in the NNFX algorithm)
5. GKD-E - Exit module (Exit, Number 7 in the NNFX algorithm)
(additional module types will added in future releases)
Each module interacts with every module by passing data to A backtest module wherein the various components of the GKD system are combined to create a trading signal.
That is, the Baseline indicator passes its data to Volatility/Volume. The Volatility/Volume indicator passes its values to the Confirmation 1 indicator. The Confirmation 1 indicator passes its values to the Confirmation 2 indicator. The Confirmation 2 indicator passes its values to the Continuation indicator. The Continuation indicator passes its values to the Exit indicator, and finally, the Exit indicator passes its values to the Backtest strategy.
This chaining of indicators requires that each module conform to Loxx's GKD protocol, therefore allowing for the testing of every possible combination of technical indicators that make up the six components of the NNFX algorithm.
What does the application of the GKD trading system look like?
Example trading system:
Backtest: Solo Confirmation Complex Backtest as shown on the chart above
Baseline: Hull Moving Average as shown on the chart above
Volatility/Volume: Hurst Exponent as shown on the chart above
Confirmation 1: Fisher Trasnform as shown on the chart above
Confirmation 2: Williams Percent Range
Continuation: Volatility-Adaptive Rapid RSI T3
Exit: Rex Oscillator
Each GKD indicator is denoted with a module identifier of either: GKD-BT, GKD-B, GKD-C, GKD-V, or GKD-E. This allows traders to understand to which module each indicator belongs and where each indicator fits into the GKD system.
Giga Kaleidoscope Modularized Trading System Signals (based on the NNFX algorithm)
Standard Entry
1. GKD-C Confirmation 1 Signal
2. GKD-B Baseline agrees
3. Price is within a range of 0.2x Volatility and 1.0x Volatility of the Goldie Locks Mean
4. GKD-C Confirmation 2 agrees
5. GKD-V Volatility/Volume agrees
Baseline Entry
1. GKD-B Baseline signal
2. GKD-C Confirmation 1 agrees
3. Price is within a range of 0.2x Volatility and 1.0x Volatility of the Goldie Locks Mean
4. GKD-C Confirmation 2 agrees
5. GKD-V Volatility/Volume agrees
6. GKD-C Confirmation 1 signal was less than 7 candles prior
Volatility/Volume Entry
1. GKD-V Volatility/Volume signal
2. GKD-C Confirmation 1 agrees
3. Price is within a range of 0.2x Volatility and 1.0x Volatility of the Goldie Locks Mean
4. GKD-C Confirmation 2 agrees
5. GKD-B Baseline agrees
6. GKD-C Confirmation 1 signal was less than 7 candles prior
Continuation Entry
1. Standard Entry, Baseline Entry, or Pullback; entry triggered previously
2. GKD-B Baseline hasn't crossed since entry signal trigger
3. GKD-C Confirmation Continuation Indicator signals
4. GKD-C Confirmation 1 agrees
5. GKD-B Baseline agrees
6. GKD-C Confirmation 2 agrees
1-Candle Rule Standard Entry
1. GKD-C Confirmation 1 signal
2. GKD-B Baseline agrees
3. Price is within a range of 0.2x Volatility and 1.0x Volatility of the Goldie Locks Mean
Next Candle:
1. Price retraced (Long: close < close or Short: close > close )
2. GKD-B Baseline agrees
3. GKD-C Confirmation 1 agrees
4. GKD-C Confirmation 2 agrees
5. GKD-V Volatility/Volume agrees
1-Candle Rule Baseline Entry
1. GKD-B Baseline signal
2. GKD-C Confirmation 1 agrees
3. Price is within a range of 0.2x Volatility and 1.0x Volatility of the Goldie Locks Mean
4. GKD-C Confirmation 1 signal was less than 7 candles prior
Next Candle:
1. Price retraced (Long: close < close or Short: close > close )
2. GKD-B Baseline agrees
3. GKD-C Confirmation 1 agrees
4. GKD-C Confirmation 2 agrees
5. GKD-V Volatility/Volume Agrees
1-Candle Rule Volatility/Volume Entry
1. GKD-V Volatility/Volume signal
2. GKD-C Confirmation 1 agrees
3. Price is within a range of 0.2x Volatility and 1.0x Volatility of the Goldie Locks Mean
4. GKD-C Confirmation 1 signal was less than 7 candles prior
Next Candle:
1. Price retraced (Long: close < close or Short: close > close)
2. GKD-B Volatility/Volume agrees
3. GKD-C Confirmation 1 agrees
4. GKD-C Confirmation 2 agrees
5. GKD-B Baseline agrees
PullBack Entry
1. GKD-B Baseline signal
2. GKD-C Confirmation 1 agrees
3. Price is beyond 1.0x Volatility of Baseline
Next Candle:
1. Price is within a range of 0.2x Volatility and 1.0x Volatility of the Goldie Locks Mean
2. GKD-C Confirmation 1 agrees
3. GKD-C Confirmation 2 agrees
4. GKD-V Volatility/Volume Agrees
GKD-BT Solo Confirmation Simple Backtest [Loxx]Giga Kaleidoscope GKD-BT Solo Confirmation Simple Backtest is a Backtesting module included in Loxx's "Giga Kaleidoscope Modularized Trading System".
█ GKD-BT Solo Confirmation Simple Backtest
The Solo Confirmation Simple Backtest module enables users to perform Standard Long and Short signals on GKD-C confirmation indicators. This module represents the simplest form of Backtest in the GKD trading system. It includes two types of backtests: Trading and Full. The Trading backtest allows users to test individual trades, both long and short, one at a time. On the other hand, the Full backtest allows users to test either longs or shorts by toggling between them in the settings to view the results for each signal type. The Trading backtest simulates real trading, while the Full backtest tests all signals, whether long or short.
Additionally, this backtest module provides the option to test the GKD-C indicator with 1 to 3 take profits and 1 stop loss. The Trading backtest allows for the use of 1 to 3 take profits, while the Full backtest is limited to 1 take profit. The Trading backtest also offers the capability to apply a trailing take profit.
In terms of the percentage of trade removed at each take profit, this backtest module has the following hardcoded values:
Take profit 1: 50% of the trade is removed
Take profit 2: 25% of the trade is removed
Take profit 3: 25% of the trade is removed
Stop loss: 100% of the trade is removed
After each take profit is achieved, the stop loss level is adjusted. When take profit 1 is reached, the stop loss is moved to the entry point. Similarly, when take profit 2 is reached, the stop loss is shifted to take profit 1. The trailing take profit feature comes into play after take profit 2 or take profit 3, depending on the number of take profits selected in the settings. The trailing take profit is always activated on the final take profit when 2 or more take profits are chosen.
The backtest also offers the capability to restrict by a specific date range, allowing for simulated forward testing based on past data. Additionally, users have the option to display or hide a trading panel that provides relevant information about the backtest, statistics, and the current trade. It is also possible to activate alerts and toggle sections of the trading panel on or off. On the chart, historical take profit and stop loss levels are represented by horizontal lines overlaid for reference.
The GKD system utilizes volatility-based take profits and stop losses. Each take profit and stop loss is calculated as a multiple of volatility. You can change the values of the multipliers in the settings as well.
To utilize this strategy, follow these steps:
1. Adjust the "Confirmation Type" in the GKD-C Confirmation Indicator to "GKD New."
2. Import the value "Input into NEW GKD-BT Backtest" into the GKD-BT Solo Confirmation Simple Backtest module (this strategy backtest).
**The GKD-BT Solo Confirmation Simple Backtest module exclusively supports Standard Entries, both Long and Short. However, please note that this module uses a modified version of the standard entry, where long and short signals are directly imported from the Confirmation indicator without any baseline or volatility filtering applied.**
Volatility Types Included
17 types of volatility are included in this indicator
Close-to-Close
Parkinson
Garman-Klass
Rogers-Satchell
Yang-Zhang
Garman-Klass-Yang-Zhang
Exponential Weighted Moving Average
Standard Deviation of Log Returns
Pseudo GARCH(2,2)
Average True Range
True Range Double
Standard Deviation
Adaptive Deviation
Median Absolute Deviation
Efficiency-Ratio Adaptive ATR
Mean Absolute Deviation
Static Percent
Close-to-Close
Close-to-Close volatility is a classic and widely used volatility measure, sometimes referred to as historical volatility.
Volatility is an indicator of the speed of a stock price change. A stock with high volatility is one where the price changes rapidly and with a larger amplitude. The more volatile a stock is, the riskier it is.
Close-to-close historical volatility is calculated using only a stock's closing prices. It is the simplest volatility estimator. However, in many cases, it is not precise enough. Stock prices could jump significantly during a trading session and return to the opening value at the end. That means that a considerable amount of price information is not taken into account by close-to-close volatility.
Despite its drawbacks, Close-to-Close volatility is still useful in cases where the instrument doesn't have intraday prices. For example, mutual funds calculate their net asset values daily or weekly, and thus their prices are not suitable for more sophisticated volatility estimators.
Parkinson
Parkinson volatility is a volatility measure that uses the stock’s high and low price of the day.
The main difference between regular volatility and Parkinson volatility is that the latter uses high and low prices for a day, rather than only the closing price. This is useful as close-to-close prices could show little difference while large price movements could have occurred during the day. Thus, Parkinson's volatility is considered more precise and requires less data for calculation than close-to-close volatility.
One drawback of this estimator is that it doesn't take into account price movements after the market closes. Hence, it systematically undervalues volatility. This drawback is addressed in the Garman-Klass volatility estimator.
Garman-Klass
Garman-Klass is a volatility estimator that incorporates open, low, high, and close prices of a security.
Garman-Klass volatility extends Parkinson's volatility by taking into account the opening and closing prices. As markets are most active during the opening and closing of a trading session, it makes volatility estimation more accurate.
Garman and Klass also assumed that the process of price change follows a continuous diffusion process (Geometric Brownian motion). However, this assumption has several drawbacks. The method is not robust for opening jumps in price and trend movements.
Despite its drawbacks, the Garman-Klass estimator is still more effective than the basic formula since it takes into account not only the price at the beginning and end of the time interval but also intraday price extremes.
Researchers Rogers and Satchell have proposed a more efficient method for assessing historical volatility that takes into account price trends. See Rogers-Satchell Volatility for more detail.
Rogers-Satchell
Rogers-Satchell is an estimator for measuring the volatility of securities with an average return not equal to zero.
Unlike Parkinson and Garman-Klass estimators, Rogers-Satchell incorporates a drift term (mean return not equal to zero). As a result, it provides better volatility estimation when the underlying is trending.
The main disadvantage of this method is that it does not take into account price movements between trading sessions. This leads to an underestimation of volatility since price jumps periodically occur in the market precisely at the moments between sessions.
A more comprehensive estimator that also considers the gaps between sessions was developed based on the Rogers-Satchel formula in the 2000s by Yang-Zhang. See Yang Zhang Volatility for more detail.
Yang-Zhang
Yang Zhang is a historical volatility estimator that handles both opening jumps and the drift and has a minimum estimation error.
Yang-Zhang volatility can be thought of as a combination of the overnight (close-to-open volatility) and a weighted average of the Rogers-Satchell volatility and the day’s open-to-close volatility. It is considered to be 14 times more efficient than the close-to-close estimator.
Garman-Klass-Yang-Zhang
Garman-Klass-Yang-Zhang (GKYZ) volatility estimator incorporates the returns of open, high, low, and closing prices in its calculation.
GKYZ volatility estimator takes into account overnight jumps but not the trend, i.e., it assumes that the underlying asset follows a Geometric Brownian Motion (GBM) process with zero drift. Therefore, the GKYZ volatility estimator tends to overestimate the volatility when the drift is different from zero. However, for a GBM process, this estimator is eight times more efficient than the close-to-close volatility estimator.
Exponential Weighted Moving Average
The Exponentially Weighted Moving Average (EWMA) is a quantitative or statistical measure used to model or describe a time series. The EWMA is widely used in finance, with the main applications being technical analysis and volatility modeling.
The moving average is designed such that older observations are given lower weights. The weights decrease exponentially as the data point gets older – hence the name exponentially weighted.
The only decision a user of the EWMA must make is the parameter lambda. The parameter decides how important the current observation is in the calculation of the EWMA. The higher the value of lambda, the more closely the EWMA tracks the original time series.
Standard Deviation of Log Returns
This is the simplest calculation of volatility. It's the standard deviation of ln(close/close(1)).
Pseudo GARCH(2,2)
This is calculated using a short- and long-run mean of variance multiplied by ?.
?avg(var;M) + (1 ? ?) avg(var;N) = 2?var/(M+1-(M-1)L) + 2(1-?)var/(M+1-(M-1)L)
Solving for ? can be done by minimizing the mean squared error of estimation; that is, regressing L^-1var - avg(var; N) against avg(var; M) - avg(var; N) and using the resulting beta estimate as ?.
Average True Range
The average true range (ATR) is a technical analysis indicator, introduced by market technician J. Welles Wilder Jr. in his book New Concepts in Technical Trading Systems, that measures market volatility by decomposing the entire range of an asset price for that period.
The true range indicator is taken as the greatest of the following: current high less the current low; the absolute value of the current high less the previous close; and the absolute value of the current low less the previous close. The ATR is then a moving average, generally using 14 days, of the true ranges.
True Range Double
A special case of ATR that attempts to correct for volatility skew.
Standard Deviation
Standard deviation is a statistic that measures the dispersion of a dataset relative to its mean and is calculated as the square root of the variance. The standard deviation is calculated as the square root of variance by determining each data point's deviation relative to the mean. If the data points are further from the mean, there is a higher deviation within the data set; thus, the more spread out the data, the higher the standard deviation.
Adaptive Deviation
By definition, the Standard Deviation (STD, also represented by the Greek letter sigma ? or the Latin letter s) is a measure that is used to quantify the amount of variation or dispersion of a set of data values. In technical analysis, we usually use it to measure the level of current volatility.
Standard Deviation is based on Simple Moving Average calculation for mean value. This version of standard deviation uses the properties of EMA to calculate what can be called a new type of deviation, and since it is based on EMA, we can call it EMA deviation. Additionally, Perry Kaufman's efficiency ratio is used to make it adaptive (since all EMA type calculations are nearly perfect for adapting).
The difference when compared to the standard is significant--not just because of EMA usage, but the efficiency ratio makes it a "bit more logical" in very volatile market conditions.
Median Absolute Deviation
The median absolute deviation is a measure of statistical dispersion. Moreover, the MAD is a robust statistic, being more resilient to outliers in a data set than the standard deviation. In the standard deviation, the distances from the mean are squared, so large deviations are weighted more heavily, and thus outliers can heavily influence it. In the MAD, the deviations of a small number of outliers are irrelevant.
Because the MAD is a more robust estimator of scale than the sample variance or standard deviation, it works better with distributions without a mean or variance, such as the Cauchy distribution.
Efficiency-Ratio Adaptive ATR
Average True Range (ATR) is a widely used indicator for many occasions in technical analysis. It is calculated as the RMA of the true range. This version adds a "twist": it uses Perry Kaufman's Efficiency Ratio to calculate adaptive true range.
Mean Absolute Deviation
The mean absolute deviation (MAD) is a measure of variability that indicates the average distance between observations and their mean. MAD uses the original units of the data, which simplifies interpretation. Larger values signify that the data points spread out further from the average. Conversely, lower values correspond to data points bunching closer to it. The mean absolute deviation is also known as the mean deviation and average absolute deviation.
This definition of the mean absolute deviation sounds similar to the standard deviation (SD). While both measure variability, they have different calculations. In recent years, some proponents of MAD have suggested that it replace the SD as the primary measure because it is a simpler concept that better fits real life.
Static Percent
Static Percent allows the user to insert their own constant percent that will then be used to create take profits and stoploss
█ Giga Kaleidoscope Modularized Trading System
Core components of an NNFX algorithmic trading strategy
The NNFX algorithm is built on the principles of trend, momentum, and volatility. There are six core components in the NNFX trading algorithm:
1. Volatility - price volatility; e.g., Average True Range, True Range Double, Close-to-Close, etc.
2. Baseline - a moving average to identify price trend
3. Confirmation 1 - a technical indicator used to identify trends
4. Confirmation 2 - a technical indicator used to identify trends
5. Continuation - a technical indicator used to identify trends
6. Volatility/Volume - a technical indicator used to identify volatility/volume breakouts/breakdown
7. Exit - a technical indicator used to determine when a trend is exhausted
What is Volatility in the NNFX trading system?
In the NNFX (No Nonsense Forex) trading system, ATR (Average True Range) is typically used to measure the volatility of an asset. It is used as a part of the system to help determine the appropriate stop loss and take profit levels for a trade. ATR is calculated by taking the average of the true range values over a specified period.
True range is calculated as the maximum of the following values:
-Current high minus the current low
-Absolute value of the current high minus the previous close
-Absolute value of the current low minus the previous close
ATR is a dynamic indicator that changes with changes in volatility. As volatility increases, the value of ATR increases, and as volatility decreases, the value of ATR decreases. By using ATR in NNFX system, traders can adjust their stop loss and take profit levels according to the volatility of the asset being traded. This helps to ensure that the trade is given enough room to move, while also minimizing potential losses.
Other types of volatility include True Range Double (TRD), Close-to-Close, and Garman-Klass
What is a Baseline indicator?
The baseline is essentially a moving average, and is used to determine the overall direction of the market.
The baseline in the NNFX system is used to filter out trades that are not in line with the long-term trend of the market. The baseline is plotted on the chart along with other indicators, such as the Moving Average (MA), the Relative Strength Index (RSI), and the Average True Range (ATR).
Trades are only taken when the price is in the same direction as the baseline. For example, if the baseline is sloping upwards, only long trades are taken, and if the baseline is sloping downwards, only short trades are taken. This approach helps to ensure that trades are in line with the overall trend of the market, and reduces the risk of entering trades that are likely to fail.
By using a baseline in the NNFX system, traders can have a clear reference point for determining the overall trend of the market, and can make more informed trading decisions. The baseline helps to filter out noise and false signals, and ensures that trades are taken in the direction of the long-term trend.
What is a Confirmation indicator?
Confirmation indicators are technical indicators that are used to confirm the signals generated by primary indicators. Primary indicators are the core indicators used in the NNFX system, such as the Average True Range (ATR), the Moving Average (MA), and the Relative Strength Index (RSI).
The purpose of the confirmation indicators is to reduce false signals and improve the accuracy of the trading system. They are designed to confirm the signals generated by the primary indicators by providing additional information about the strength and direction of the trend.
Some examples of confirmation indicators that may be used in the NNFX system include the Bollinger Bands, the MACD (Moving Average Convergence Divergence), and the MACD Oscillator. These indicators can provide information about the volatility, momentum, and trend strength of the market, and can be used to confirm the signals generated by the primary indicators.
In the NNFX system, confirmation indicators are used in combination with primary indicators and other filters to create a trading system that is robust and reliable. By using multiple indicators to confirm trading signals, the system aims to reduce the risk of false signals and improve the overall profitability of the trades.
What is a Continuation indicator?
In the NNFX (No Nonsense Forex) trading system, a continuation indicator is a technical indicator that is used to confirm a current trend and predict that the trend is likely to continue in the same direction. A continuation indicator is typically used in conjunction with other indicators in the system, such as a baseline indicator, to provide a comprehensive trading strategy.
What is a Volatility/Volume indicator?
Volume indicators, such as the On Balance Volume (OBV), the Chaikin Money Flow (CMF), or the Volume Price Trend (VPT), are used to measure the amount of buying and selling activity in a market. They are based on the trading volume of the market, and can provide information about the strength of the trend. In the NNFX system, volume indicators are used to confirm trading signals generated by the Moving Average and the Relative Strength Index. Volatility indicators include Average Direction Index, Waddah Attar, and Volatility Ratio. In the NNFX trading system, volatility is a proxy for volume and vice versa.
By using volume indicators as confirmation tools, the NNFX trading system aims to reduce the risk of false signals and improve the overall profitability of trades. These indicators can provide additional information about the market that is not captured by the primary indicators, and can help traders to make more informed trading decisions. In addition, volume indicators can be used to identify potential changes in market trends and to confirm the strength of price movements.
What is an Exit indicator?
The exit indicator is used in conjunction with other indicators in the system, such as the Moving Average (MA), the Relative Strength Index (RSI), and the Average True Range (ATR), to provide a comprehensive trading strategy.
The exit indicator in the NNFX system can be any technical indicator that is deemed effective at identifying optimal exit points. Examples of exit indicators that are commonly used include the Parabolic SAR, the Average Directional Index (ADX), and the Chandelier Exit.
The purpose of the exit indicator is to identify when a trend is likely to reverse or when the market conditions have changed, signaling the need to exit a trade. By using an exit indicator, traders can manage their risk and prevent significant losses.
In the NNFX system, the exit indicator is used in conjunction with a stop loss and a take profit order to maximize profits and minimize losses. The stop loss order is used to limit the amount of loss that can be incurred if the trade goes against the trader, while the take profit order is used to lock in profits when the trade is moving in the trader's favor.
Overall, the use of an exit indicator in the NNFX trading system is an important component of a comprehensive trading strategy. It allows traders to manage their risk effectively and improve the profitability of their trades by exiting at the right time.
How does Loxx's GKD (Giga Kaleidoscope Modularized Trading System) implement the NNFX algorithm outlined above?
Loxx's GKD v2.0 system has five types of modules (indicators/strategies). These modules are:
1. GKD-BT - Backtesting module (Volatility, Number 1 in the NNFX algorithm)
2. GKD-B - Baseline module (Baseline and Volatility/Volume, Numbers 1 and 2 in the NNFX algorithm)
3. GKD-C - Confirmation 1/2 and Continuation module (Confirmation 1/2 and Continuation, Numbers 3, 4, and 5 in the NNFX algorithm)
4. GKD-V - Volatility/Volume module (Confirmation 1/2, Number 6 in the NNFX algorithm)
5. GKD-E - Exit module (Exit, Number 7 in the NNFX algorithm)
(additional module types will added in future releases)
Each module interacts with every module by passing data to A backtest module wherein the various components of the GKD system are combined to create a trading signal.
That is, the Baseline indicator passes its data to Volatility/Volume. The Volatility/Volume indicator passes its values to the Confirmation 1 indicator. The Confirmation 1 indicator passes its values to the Confirmation 2 indicator. The Confirmation 2 indicator passes its values to the Continuation indicator. The Continuation indicator passes its values to the Exit indicator, and finally, the Exit indicator passes its values to the Backtest strategy.
This chaining of indicators requires that each module conform to Loxx's GKD protocol, therefore allowing for the testing of every possible combination of technical indicators that make up the six components of the NNFX algorithm.
What does the application of the GKD trading system look like?
Example trading system:
Backtest: Solo Confirmation Simple Backtest as shown on the chart above
Baseline: Hull Moving Average
Volatility/Volume: Hurst Exponent
Confirmation 1: Fisher Trasnform as shown on the chart above
Confirmation 2: Williams Percent Range
Continuation: Volatility-Adaptive Rapid RSI T3
Exit: Rex Oscillator
Each GKD indicator is denoted with a module identifier of either: GKD-BT, GKD-B, GKD-C, GKD-V, or GKD-E. This allows traders to understand to which module each indicator belongs and where each indicator fits into the GKD system.
Giga Kaleidoscope Modularized Trading System Signals (based on the NNFX algorithm)
Standard Entry
1. GKD-C Confirmation 1 Signal
2. GKD-B Baseline agrees
3. Price is within a range of 0.2x Volatility and 1.0x Volatility of the Goldie Locks Mean
4. GKD-C Confirmation 2 agrees
5. GKD-V Volatility/Volume agrees
Baseline Entry
1. GKD-B Baseline signal
2. GKD-C Confirmation 1 agrees
3. Price is within a range of 0.2x Volatility and 1.0x Volatility of the Goldie Locks Mean
4. GKD-C Confirmation 2 agrees
5. GKD-V Volatility/Volume agrees
6. GKD-C Confirmation 1 signal was less than 7 candles prior
Volatility/Volume Entry
1. GKD-V Volatility/Volume signal
2. GKD-C Confirmation 1 agrees
3. Price is within a range of 0.2x Volatility and 1.0x Volatility of the Goldie Locks Mean
4. GKD-C Confirmation 2 agrees
5. GKD-B Baseline agrees
6. GKD-C Confirmation 1 signal was less than 7 candles prior
Continuation Entry
1. Standard Entry, Baseline Entry, or Pullback; entry triggered previously
2. GKD-B Baseline hasn't crossed since entry signal trigger
3. GKD-C Confirmation Continuation Indicator signals
4. GKD-C Confirmation 1 agrees
5. GKD-B Baseline agrees
6. GKD-C Confirmation 2 agrees
1-Candle Rule Standard Entry
1. GKD-C Confirmation 1 signal
2. GKD-B Baseline agrees
3. Price is within a range of 0.2x Volatility and 1.0x Volatility of the Goldie Locks Mean
Next Candle:
1. Price retraced (Long: close < close or Short: close > close )
2. GKD-B Baseline agrees
3. GKD-C Confirmation 1 agrees
4. GKD-C Confirmation 2 agrees
5. GKD-V Volatility/Volume agrees
1-Candle Rule Baseline Entry
1. GKD-B Baseline signal
2. GKD-C Confirmation 1 agrees
3. Price is within a range of 0.2x Volatility and 1.0x Volatility of the Goldie Locks Mean
4. GKD-C Confirmation 1 signal was less than 7 candles prior
Next Candle:
1. Price retraced (Long: close < close or Short: close > close )
2. GKD-B Baseline agrees
3. GKD-C Confirmation 1 agrees
4. GKD-C Confirmation 2 agrees
5. GKD-V Volatility/Volume Agrees
1-Candle Rule Volatility/Volume Entry
1. GKD-V Volatility/Volume signal
2. GKD-C Confirmation 1 agrees
3. Price is within a range of 0.2x Volatility and 1.0x Volatility of the Goldie Locks Mean
4. GKD-C Confirmation 1 signal was less than 7 candles prior
Next Candle:
1. Price retraced (Long: close < close or Short: close > close)
2. GKD-B Volatility/Volume agrees
3. GKD-C Confirmation 1 agrees
4. GKD-C Confirmation 2 agrees
5. GKD-B Baseline agrees
PullBack Entry
1. GKD-B Baseline signal
2. GKD-C Confirmation 1 agrees
3. Price is beyond 1.0x Volatility of Baseline
Next Candle:
1. Price is within a range of 0.2x Volatility and 1.0x Volatility of the Goldie Locks Mean
2. GKD-C Confirmation 1 agrees
3. GKD-C Confirmation 2 agrees
4. GKD-V Volatility/Volume Agrees
Tradveller MomentumThis is the trend following + momentum startegy.
A momentum strategy is an investment approach that aims to capitalize on the continuation of existing market trends. It involves buying securities that have been performing well and selling or shorting those that have been underperforming, with the expectation that the strong performers will continue to do well, and the weak performers will continue to decline.
The core idea behind this strategy is that price momentum tends to persist over short to medium-term periods, and investors can profit from this by identifying and following trends. Momentum strategies can be applied to various asset classes, including stocks, bonds, commodities, and currencies.
There are different ways to measure and implement momentum strategies, such as:
Relative strength: Comparing the performance of a security or asset to a benchmark or its peers over a specific time frame.
Moving averages: Using moving averages (e.g., 50-day, 100-day, or 200-day) to identify trends and generate buy or sell signals.
Rate of change (ROC): Calculating the percentage change in price over a specified period to measure the speed and direction of price movements.
Trend-following indicators: Utilizing technical indicators such as Moving Average Convergence Divergence (MACD), Relative Strength Index (RSI), or Bollinger Bands to identify and follow trends.
Momentum strategies can be effective in both bull and bear markets. However, they are susceptible to sudden reversals in market trends, and thus, momentum investors need to be disciplined in following their strategy, managing risk, and adjusting their positions accordingly.
Investments/swing trading strategy for different assetsStop worrying about catching the lowest price, it's almost impossible!: with this trend-following strategy and protection from bearish phases, you will know how to enter the market properly to obtain benefits in the long term.
Backtesting context: 1899-11-01 to 2023-02-16 of SPX by Tvc. Commissions: 0.05% for each entry, 0.05% for each exit. Risk per trade: 2.5% of the total account
For this strategy, 5 indicators are used:
One Ema of 200 periods
Atr Stop loss indicator from Gatherio
Squeeze momentum indicator from LazyBear
Moving average convergence/divergence or Macd
Relative strength index or Rsi
Trade conditions:
There are three type of entries, one of them depends if we want to trade against a bearish trend or not.
---If we keep Against trend option deactivated, the rules for two type of entries are:---
First type of entry:
With the next rules, we will be able to entry in a pull back situation:
Squeeze momentum is under 0 line (red)
Close is above 200 Ema and close is higher than the past close
Histogram from macd is under 0 line and is higher than the past one
Once these rules are met, we enter into a buy position. Stop loss will be determined by atr stop loss (white point) and break even(blue point) by a risk/reward ratio of 1:1.
For closing this position: Squeeze momentum crosses over 0 and, until squeeze momentum crosses under 0, we close the position. Otherwise, we would have closed the position due to break even or stop loss.
Second type of entry:
With the next rules, we will not lose a possible bullish movement:
Close is above 200 Ema
Squeeze momentum crosses under 0 line
Once these rules are met, we enter into a buy position. Stop loss will be determined by atr stop loss (white point) and break even(blue point) by a risk/reward ratio of 1:1.
Like in the past type of entry, for closing this position: Squeeze momentum crosses over 0 and, until squeeze momentum crosses under 0, we close the position. Otherwise, we would have closed the position due to break even or stop loss.
---If we keep Against trend option activated, the rules are the same as the ones above, but with one more type of entry. This is more useful in weekly timeframes, but could also be used in daily time frame:---
Third type of entry:
Close is under 200 Ema
Squeeze momentum crosses under 0 line
Once these rules are met, we enter into a buy position. Stop loss will be determined by atr stop loss (white point) and break even(blue point) by a risk/reward ratio of 1:1.
Like in the past type of entries, for closing this position: Squeeze momentum crosses over 0 and, until squeeze momentum crosses under 0, we close the position. Otherwise, we would have closed the position due to break even or stop loss.
Risk management
For calculating the amount of the position you will use just a small percent of your initial capital for the strategy and you will use the atr stop loss for this.
Example: You have 1000 usd and you just want to risk 2,5% of your account, there is a buy signal at price of 4,000 usd. The stop loss price from atr stop loss is 3,900. You calculate the distance in percent between 4,000 and 3,900. In this case, that distance would be of 2.50%. Then, you calculate your position by this way: (initial or current capital * risk per trade of your account) / (stop loss distance).
Using these values on the formula: (1000*2,5%)/(2,5%) = 1000usd. It means, you have to use 1000 usd for risking 2.5% of your account.
We will use this risk management for applying compound interest.
In settings, with position amount calculator, you can enter the amount in usd of your account and the amount in percentage for risking per trade of the account. You will see this value in green color in the upper left corner that shows the amount in usd to use for risking the specific percentage of your account.
Script functions
Inside of settings, you will find some utilities for display atr stop loss, break evens, positions, signals, indicators, etc.
You will find the settings for risk management at the end of the script if you want to change something. But rebember, do not change values from indicators, the idea is to not over optimize the strategy.
If you want to change the initial capital for backtest the strategy, go to properties, and also enter the commisions of your exchange and slippage for more realistic results.
If you activate break even using rsi, when rsi crosses under overbought zone break even will be activated. This can work in some assets.
---Important: In risk managment you can find an option called "Use leverage ?", activate this if you want to backtest using leverage, which means that in case of not having enough money for risking the % determined by you of your account using your initial capital, you will use leverage for using the enough amount for risking that % of your acount in a buy position. Otherwise, the amount will be limited by your initial/current capital---
Some things to consider
USE UNDER YOUR OWN RISK. PAST RESULTS DO NOT REPRESENT THE FUTURE.
DEPENDING OF % ACCOUNT RISK PER TRADE, YOU COULD REQUIRE LEVERAGE FOR OPEN SOME POSITIONS, SO PLEASE, BE CAREFULL AND USE CORRECTLY THE RISK MANAGEMENT
Do not forget to change commissions and other parameters related with back testing results!
Some assets and timeframes where the strategy has also worked:
BTCUSD : 4H, 1D, W
SPX (US500) : 4H, 1D, W
GOLD : 1D, W
SILVER : 1D, W
ETHUSD : 4H, 1D
DXY : 1D
AAPL : 4H, 1D, W
AMZN : 4H, 1D, W
META : 4H, 1D, W
(and others stocks)
BANKNIFTY : 4H, 1D, W
DAX : 1D, W
RUT : 1D, W
HSI : 1D, W
NI225 : 1D, W
USDCOP : 1D, W
Broadview Economic StudioThank you for taking the time to read this description. We'll be taking a look at the Broadview Economic Studio. This has been a work-in-progress for years and is a very powerful tool for planning trades with complex volume scaling strategies. We will be talking about many indicators and types of indicators used in the public domain, but it is NOT recommended to reverse engineer our scripts as there is quite a bit of logic in the code that works to make each common approach entirely unique. So although you may understand quite a bit about oscillators, the way they work with the rest of the logic within the script may change the way you know them to work from elsewhere.
In the chart snapshot above you'll see a mild configuration where I only had to tweak a few settings. Commissions are set to 0.1%, starting capital is set to $10,000, and slippage is off. In my tests orders came through less than a penny off. Generally speaking, there are really only two situations in which you should be concerned about slippage. The first is if you trade really low timeframe charts like the 1 second. This tool, while it works for any timeframe, is programmed on the 45 minute timeframe and works best there. The other situation in which you should be prepared for slippage is if you're using extremely high volume trades in the hundreds of thousands or millions depending on the market cap and liquidity of the asset you're studying. Large orders like that have to be split up among several deals and that can cause slippage.
There are 31 primary inputs for users to tweak. Each input is grouped within a module called a Suite. Each suite has a focus like filtering signals or strategically allocating volume according to your strategy. Everything starts with the Origin Suite. The Origin Suite is a group of inputs that generates Tops & Bottoms from price action. It uses math like Rate of Change, where one can specify a required rate of change before an Origin signal can be made, and users can specify how much lower in price a bar must be compared to previous bars. So with the Origin Suite, users can control how often they want to see originating signals and under what conditions they can appear.
We used to use WVF and CVI to produce top and bottom signals, but our Origin Suite works much better for systematically generating profitable configurations.
The triangles you see on the chart represent markers, potential signals, or Prop Signals as they're referred to within the script. The blue arrows represent trades where Prop Signals were allowed to pass as true long signals. There are two ways to ignore Prop Signals. You can filter the markers entirely, or you can reduce their volume scaling to the minimum which is usually $10 for most exchanges. We're first going to be talking about some of the primary DCA inputs before we talk about the technology we use to filter and overload signals.
Here are some important features found within the script:
Base Orders
Safety Orders
Take Profits
Change-Based Volume Scaling
Ignoring Low or Medium Changes
Overloading
Filtering
Alert Messages w/ Volume Scaling
Let's walk through each of these features in more depth.
The Base Order is the initial Long position within a series. It comes in first and is followed by all of its Safety Orders. The Base Order is set to $25 within the script by default. Keeping the base order low allows one to reserve more of their capital for Safety Orders that are lower within a dip, and thus, lower the user's Position Average. The primary feature of this script is to help users plan their volume scaling strategically, and this is where we start. It's this kind of due diligence and effort in protecting trades that makes this script unique.
So we start with a low Base Order. Then, we follow with a lot of Safety Orders. Typically in DCA this is done in consistent time intervals and in consistent amounts. So in regular DCA one may invest the same amount bi-weekly on pay day. They use the financial instrument as a sort of savings and average their position over their consistent investments. This is not where the bleeding edge of DCA is today though. In modern Doller Cost Averaging, I would expect to see signals and volume scaling based on logic.. as opposed to being consistent intervals.
This sets up the explanation of the primary means of volume scaling within the script. Mathematically, we start with the net balance. This is your specified starting balance plus any wins or losses. Users specify what % of their Available Balance they would like to start with when volume scaling. This percent of capital is then multiplied by a Safety Order Multiplier. The safety order multiplier is made up of a number specified by the user, multiplied by the number of the Safety Order you're on. So user's can control this equation/algorithm and scale their investments as the number of Safety Orders increases and drops in price become more opportune.
The Take Profit within the script lets users specify their desired ROI from a series. So if a user sets a 60% take profit, the script will set a price from the position average that when reached will give the user a 60% ROI for the series including its Base Order and all its Safety Orders.
Before moving on, let's talk about the amazing internal reporting found in the script. When you zoom in on the blue arrows, you can see each trade is accompanied by some extremely helpful information. This is just another feature that makes this script unique, it is the feature that gives us accurate reporting and ultimately allows us to connect with TradingView's Strategy Tester in a way that provides instant backtests with good merit. With this reporting not only can users get reports and information on trades made on different assets with different configurations, but user's can perform a deep dive on each configuration and know exactly what was going on for each trade. The first number is the number of the safety order the script is on. Remember, this is used in the primary volume scaling math. The second number is the amount the script spent on the current trade. The third number denotes the cumulative spending for the series. The final number displays the script's available balance at that time. With these numbers, the TradingView Strategy Tester, and the List of Trades feature, users can practice as much due diligence as they need during their studies.
Let's move on to talking about my favorite suite within the script, the Volume Scaling Suite. Here there are two primary means of controlling volume scaling. Although, in the near future there will be more.
In this suite you'll find Change-Based Volume Scaling and Position Average Volume Scaling. Position Average Volume Scaling is quite easy to explain. This feature only allows signals to pass if they are lower in price than your base order. In this way, users can apply most of their capital to trades that lower their position average. Simply having the money in the market can boost profits, but having a lower Position Average is the entire reason we DCA. Change-Based Volume Scaling is quite a bit more complex.
In theory, one could argue that every moment is a great moment to buy. It's just that some moments are more opportune than others. So it's not about perfect signals as much as it's about proper volume scaling.
Change-Based Volume Scaling allows us to set rules that dictate how much volume scaling is used based on the asset's current delta, or Rate of Change.
Using CBVS, one can downscale capital applied to signals with a low ROC, or simply ignore them. So if a signal comes in and the price hasn't changed very much then you can automatically use less volume for the trade. One can do the same thing for medium changes, and the user can specify what quantifies as a low or medium change. Users can give extra volume to signals with a greater rate of change, or overload signals with a high rate of change! So the CBVS feature gives users the ability to allocate volume based on logic rooted in the asset's rate of change. If a signal has dropped a lot in price, then generally, it is deserving of more capital and that's what makes this feature unique and so powerful.
There are two kinds of Overloading found in the script. There's overloading from CBVS, and then overloading from the 4 signal filtering suites. There's an important difference to note before we move on. Overloading performed by CBVS is based on ignored signals. So if you ignore low or medium change signals, and you have CBVS Overloading on, the script will allocate more capital to High Change signals. When signals are ignored, they are downscaled to $10. Whereas with the filtering suites, if a signal is filtered the Prop Signal triangle marker is removed entirely. The overloading in that scenario is simply applied to signals that aren't filtered. The reason it's done this way is because allowing ignored signals to still come in, with the lowest volume scaling possible, keeps the Safety Order count rising which works in the volume scaling math. This math is intrinsic to getting capital deep within dips and crashes.
So in future versions we may allow ignored signals to be filtered out entirely but for the time being, simply scaling them down to the lowest possible amount is what produces the best and most consistent configurations.
Let's talk about filtering signals, and the overloading provided within each filtering suite.
Here you can see our Overbought & Oversold Heatmap V3. This is a unique indicator that takes 15 common oscillators and visualizes them in a way that clearly denotes confluence. Looking at this indicator makes it easer to read cycles and trends. It is quite common for investors to base their entire scripts on one or more of the oscillators found within the OBOS Heatmap V3. So the OBOS Heatmap V3 is an awesome way to ensure your signals follow an oversold trend! The orange represents an oscillator being oversold, while the yellow represents it being overbought. Generally, when an asset is oversold it is a better time to buy. One can filter signals based on this information and use the Heatmap's unique ability to quantify confluences. In this script users can set a sensitivity and that sets the number of oscillators that must be in agreement before a signal is allowed to pass.
Here are the oscillators found within the OBOS Heatmap:
*Please keep in mind that although some of these oscillators may have big names, the code and math in the script may work differently than you're used to. This is because the code and math is changed quite a bit, and the overall intended functionality of the OBOS Heatmap has a larger scope than any one indicator. It's also important to note that the lengths for these oscillators are set low and are meant to classify the individual signal as either overbought or oversold, and not the entire period. So while the OBOS Heatmap is awesome for trends and cycles, it's ultimately meant to classify individual price bars as either overbought or oversold according to a consensus.*
Relative Strength Index
Money Flow Index
Commodity Channel Index
Aroon Oscillator
Relative Volatility Index
Fast Stochastic Detrended Price Oscillator
Fast Stochastic Elders Force Index
Fast Stochastic Relative Strength Index
Fast Stochastic Relative Vigor Index
Fast Stochastic Klinger Oscillator
Fast Stochastic Awesome Oscillator
Fast Stochastic Ultimate Oscillator
Fast Stochastic Chande Momentum Oscillator
Fast Stochastic On Balance Volume Oscillator
Fast Stochastic Moving Average Convergence/Divergence
Each band of the Overbought & Oversold Heatmap represents an oscillator. When it's orange it's said to be oversold. When it's yellow it's said to be overbought. The indicator turns purple during trends and reversals where it is neither overbought nor oversold. It can differentiate between uptrends and downtrends with differing colors of purple, but the OBOS Heatmap is not used for trends or cycles in this script. It is used to quantify oversold confluence.
Let's talk about the Dominance Suite.
First note in the top portion of the screenshot above, you will see various colors in the script. It replaces the price line with something we call Price Flow bars. So when you add the script it's best to make the stock price line invisible in TV settings. The Price Flow Bars use a preset EMA to color price action as being in either a downward momentum or upward momentum. The triangular signals represent dark teal for the initial long marker within a series, dark green for long orders and long signals that convert into safety orders, and light green for safety orders. This is more logic that makes this script really unique. The dark green initial long marker signals are rarely seen. You can find them at the beginning of a new series of signals and they work to establish when a new series of signals should begin. The dark green signals actually denote a long base order opportunity, but if a series has already started then these signals are converted into Safety Orders. The Safety Orders then come in light green, and red for Prop Shorts. Prop Shorts work with Initial Longs to establish the start of a new series. More on that math I cannot tell.
In the bottom half of the screenshot is the Dominance Suite itself. It's another one of the four filtering suites found in the script. It is made up of 7 oscillators that work to classify a price bar as being controlled by either the bears or the bulls. If a price bar is controlled by the bears it is said to be a better investment. The Dominance Suite works by applying a moving average to the balance of power. This is the way TradingView has intended the balance of power to be used, and works quite nicely in classifying individual price bars as either bearish or bullish. It's not an overall trend indicator as much as it states whether a bar is mostly controlled by the bears or the bulls.
Here are the oscillators found within the Dominance Suite:
SMA of BOP
EMA of BOP
HMA of BOP
WMA of BOP
VWMA of BOP
TEMA of BOP
LSMA of BOP
Within the script, there is an input for a negative threshold. When each of these 7 oscillators is in confluence and below this set threshold, the Prop Long will be allowed to pass as a real trade.
Keep in mind that each filtering suite also has the option to overload signals.
So not only can you filter signals based on these suites but you can also apply additional volume scaling to signals that don't get filtered.
Here we have the True Oscillator. The True Oscillator is a brand new oscillator. It's similar to things like the RSI or DPO, but technically speaking it considers many more factors into its average than other oscillators. It considers balance of power, sentiment, volume, momentum, gravity, and places special-strategic weighting on price data based on whether it's opening, closing, high, or low. If you stack the True Oscillator up with the RSI you'll notice right away they look similar, but each movement is quite different. Overall the movements are more balanced, the individual bars are more consistent with price data, and the swings are more clearly pronounced while simultaneously having a better register of strength in momentum. We use this indicator to filter and overload signals, to trade according to momentum, and to provide a 16th independent oscillator that can check the OBOS Heatmap without having to be confluent.
The final filtering suite is based on Net Volume. It classifies signals as oversold when there is a significant negative trend in net volume. If Net Volume is under 0, and trends downward for either 3, 4, or 5 bars in a row then it will mark a signal as oversold and allow it to pass. Then, if overloading for this suite is turned on it will allocate more volume to signals it does not filter out.
There is a lot that can be said about this strategy. The primary takeaway though is that it's not just one strategy. It's a tool for everyone, to help them plan their approach to different assets in different market climates. This tool can help you study current market conditions. It can allow you to plan a strategic approach to market segments, and see how your strategy would fare if new market data performed similarly. It's not just one strategy, but more of a strategy printer.
The Origin Suite allows users to plan the positioning of their signals. The Overbought & Oversold Suite allows users to filter their signals based on whether or not they are oversold. The Dominance Suite allows users to filter signals based on whether the market is being controlled by the bears or the bulls. The True Oscillator gives users the ability to filter signals based on a deep and powerful momentum oscillator. The Net Volume Suite lets users filter signals based on volume trends. When signals are filtered, signals that pass, can be overloaded with additional volume scaling. Features like Change-Based Volume Scaling and Position Average Volume Scaling give users plenty of inputs to create complex volume scaling strategies. Common-sense DCA inputs allow users to scale into markets the way pros do.
The Broadview Economic Studio is a powerful tool for planning trades with complex volume scaling strategies.
Users can plan their approach to different kinds of markets. They can link the script with their bot or broker like 3Commas, and the script will automatically send the correct volume scaling through to the bot.
Thank you for your time, and for reading the description of the Broadview Economic Studio.
Strategy Myth-Busting #23 - 2xEMA+DPO- [MYN]#23 on the Myth-Busting bench, we are automating the "Best Funded Account Trading Strategy (Pass EVERY Challenge!)" strategy from "Trade with Pat" who claims this strategy will pass every trading challenge out there.
This strategy uses 3 open source indicators. 2 EMA's. The first one (Slow) is set to a length of 40 and a fast EMA which is set to 12. This strategy uses the crossover of the fast( 12) EMA over the Slow EMA ( 40 ) as the primary means to enter a long position. The opposite when the fast EMA crosses under the slow EMA as a means to indicate a short position. This strategy uses the DPO (Detrended Price Oscillaor) from the Uptrend Price DPO indicator in the same way we would traditionally use a stochastic or moving average convergence/divergence indicator like the MACD . Basically, the DPO helps evaluate and estimate the length of the price cycle from peak to peek or through to trough and in this strategy confirms entry of a long / short condition complimenting the EMA crossover/crossunders.
And as always, If you know of or have a strategy you want to see myth-busted or just have an idea for one, please feel free to message me.
This strategy uses a combination of 2 open-source public indicators:
EMA x2 ( 40 and 12)
Untrend Price DPO indicator by jTradeuh
Trading Rules
1 or 4 hour candles
Stop loss at previous highest-high (Short) and lowest-low (Long).
Take Profit 2 - 2.5 the risk
Strategy Template includes open source code from the following:
Performance Summary Dashboard by @VertMT
Time Of Day Window by @ddctv
Monthly Table Performance Dashboard by @QuantNomad
Titan Investments|Quantitative THEMIS|Pro|BINANCE:BTCUSDTP:4hInvestment Strategy (Quantitative Trading)
| 🛑 | Watch "LIVE" and 'COPY' this strategy in real time:
🔗 Link: www.tradingview.com
Hello, welcome, feel free 🌹💐
Since the stone age to the most technological age, one thing has not changed, that which continues impress human beings the most, is the other human being!
Deep down, it's all very simple or very complicated, depends on how you look at it.
I believe that everyone was born to do something very well in life.
But few are those who have, let's use the word 'luck' .
Few are those who have the 'luck' to discover this thing.
That is why few are happy and successful in their jobs and professions.
Thank God I had this 'luck' , and discovered what I was born to do well.
And I was born to program. 👨💻
📋 Summary : Project Titan
0️⃣ : 🦄 Project Titan
1️⃣ : ⚖️ Quantitative THEMIS
2️⃣ : 🏛️ Titan Community
3️⃣ : 👨💻 Who am I ❔
4️⃣ : ❓ What is Statistical/Probabilistic Trading ❓
5️⃣ : ❓ How Statistical/Probabilistic Trading works ❓
6️⃣ : ❓ Why use a Statistical/Probabilistic system ❓
7️⃣ : ❓ Why the human brain is not prepared to do Trading ❓
8️⃣ : ❓ What is Backtest ❓
9️⃣ : ❓ How to build a Consistent system ❓
🔟 : ❓ What is a Quantitative Trading system ❓
1️⃣1️⃣ : ❓ How to build a Quantitative Trading system ❓
1️⃣2️⃣ : ❓ How to Exploit Market Anomalies ❓
1️⃣3️⃣ : ❓ What Defines a Robust, Profitable and Consistent System ❓
1️⃣4️⃣ : 🔧 Fixed Technical
1️⃣5️⃣ : ❌ Fixed Outputs : 🎯 TP(%) & 🛑SL(%)
1️⃣6️⃣ : ⚠️ Risk Profile
1️⃣7️⃣ : ⭕ Moving Exits : (Indicators)
1️⃣8️⃣ : 💸 Initial Capital
1️⃣9️⃣ : ⚙️ Entry Options
2️⃣0️⃣ : ❓ How to Automate this Strategy ❓ : 🤖 Automation : 'Third-Party Services'
2️⃣1️⃣ : ❓ How to Automate this Strategy ❓ : 🤖 Automation : 'Exchanges
2️⃣2️⃣ : ❓ How to Automate this Strategy ❓ : 🤖 Automation : 'Messaging Services'
2️⃣3️⃣ : ❓ How to Automate this Strategy ❓ : 🤖 Automation : '🧲🤖Copy-Trading'
2️⃣4️⃣ : ❔ Why be a Titan Pro 👽❔
2️⃣5️⃣ : ❔ Why be a Titan Aff 🛸❔
2️⃣6️⃣ : 📋 Summary : ⚖️ Strategy: Titan Investments|Quantitative THEMIS|Pro|BINANCE:BTCUSDTP:4h
2️⃣7️⃣ : 📊 PERFORMANCE : 🆑 Conservative
2️⃣8️⃣ : 📊 PERFORMANCE : Ⓜ️ Moderate
2️⃣9️⃣ : 📊 PERFORMANCE : 🅰 Aggressive
3️⃣0️⃣ : 🛠️ Roadmap
3️⃣1️⃣ : 🧻 Notes ❕
3️⃣2️⃣ : 🚨 Disclaimer ❕❗
3️⃣3️⃣ : ♻️ ® No Repaint
3️⃣4️⃣ : 🔒 Copyright ©️
3️⃣5️⃣ : 👏 Acknowledgments
3️⃣6️⃣ : 👮 House Rules : 📺 TradingView
3️⃣7️⃣ : 🏛️ Become a Titan Pro member 👽
3️⃣8️⃣ : 🏛️ Be a member Titan Aff 🛸
0️⃣ : 🦄 Project Titan
This is the first real, 100% automated Quantitative Strategy made available to the public and the pinescript community for TradingView.
You will be able to automate all signals of this strategy for your broker , centralized or decentralized and also for messaging services : Discord, Telegram or Twitter .
This is the first strategy of a larger project, in 2023, I will provide a total of 6 100% automated 'Quantitative' strategies to the pinescript community for TradingView.
The future strategies to be shared here will also be unique , never before seen, real 'Quantitative' bots with real, validated results in real operation.
Just like the 'Quantitative THEMIS' strategy, it will be something out of the loop throughout the pinescript/tradingview community, truly unique tools for building mutual wealth consistently and continuously for our community.
1️⃣ : ⚖️ Quantitative THEMIS : Titan Investments|Quantitative THEMIS|Pro|BINANCE:BTCUSDTP:4h
This is a truly unique and out of the curve strategy for BTC /USD .
A truly real strategy, with real, validated results and in real operation.
A unique tool for building mutual wealth, consistently and continuously for the members of the Titan community.
Initially we will operate on a monthly, quarterly, annual or biennial subscription service.
Our goal here is to build a great community, in exchange for an extremely fair value for the use of our truly unique tools, which bring and will bring real results to our community members.
With this business model it will be possible to provide all Titan users and community members with the purest and highest degree of sophistication in the market with pinescript for tradingview, providing unique and truly profitable strategies.
My goal here is to offer the best to our members!
The best 'pinescript' tradingview service in the world!
We are the only Start-Up in the world that will decentralize real and full access to truly real 'quantitative' tools that bring and will bring real results for mutual and ongoing wealth building for our community.
2️⃣ : 🏛️ Titan Community : 👽 Pro 🔁 Aff 🛸
Become a Titan Pro 👽
To get access to the strategy: "Quantitative THEMIS" , and future Titan strategies in a 100% automated way, along with all tutorials for automation.
Pro Plans: 30 Days, 90 Days, 12 Months, 24 Months.
👽 Pro 🅼 Monthly
👽 Pro 🆀 Quarterly
👽 Pro🅰 Annual
👽 Pro👾Two Years
You will have access to a truly unique system that is out of the curve .
A 100% real, 100% automated, tested, validated, profitable, and in real operation strategy.
Become a Titan Affiliate 🛸
By becoming a Titan Affiliate 🛸, you will automatically receive 50% of the value of each new subscription you refer .
You will receive 50% for any of the above plans that you refer .
This way we will encourage our community to grow in a fair and healthy way, because we know what we have in our hands and what we deliver real value to our users.
We are at the highest level of sophistication in the market, the consistency here and the results here speak for themselves.
So growing our community means growing mutual wealth and raising collective conscience.
Wealth must be created not divided.
And here we are creating mutual wealth on all ends and in all ways.
A non-zero sum system, where everybody wins.
3️⃣ : 👨💻 Who am I ❔
My name is FilipeSoh I am 26 years old, Technical Analyst, Trader, Computer Engineer, pinescript Specialist, with extensive experience in several languages and technologies.
For the last 4 years I have been focusing on developing, editing and creating pinescript indicators and strategies for Tradingview for people and myself.
Full-time passionate workaholic pinescript developer with over 10,000 hours of pinescript development.
• Pinescript expert ▬Tradingview.
• Specialist in Automated Trading
• Specialist in Quantitative Trading.
• Statistical/Probabilistic Trading Specialist - Mark Douglas Scholl.
• Inventor of the 'Classic Forecast' Indicators.
• Inventor of the 'Backtest Table'.
4️⃣ : ❓ What is Statistical/Probabilistic Trading ❓
Statistical/probabilistic trading is the only way to get a positive mathematical expectation regarding the market and consequently that is the only way to make money consistently from it.
I will present below some more details about the Quantitative THEMIS strategy, it is a real strategy, tested, validated and in real operation, 'Skin in the Game' , a consistent way to make money with statistical/probabilistic trading in a 100% automated.
I am a Technical Analyst , I used to be a Discretionary Trader , today I am 100% a Statistical Trader .
I've gotten rich and made a lot of money, and I've also lost a lot with 'leverage'.
That was a few years ago.
The book that changed everything for me was "Trading in The Zone" by Mark Douglas.
That's when I understood that the market is just a game of statistics and probability, like a casino!
It was then that I understood that the human brain is not prepared for trading, because it involves triggers and mental emotions.
And emotions in trading and in making trading decisions do not go well together, not in the long run, because you always have the burden of being wrong with the outcome of that particular position.
But remembering that the market is just a statistical game!
5️⃣ : ❓ How Statistical/Probabilistic Trading works ❓
Let's use a 'coin' as an example:
If we toss a 'coin' up 10 times.
Do you agree that it is impossible for us to know exactly the result of the 'plays' before they actually happen?
As in the example above, would you agree, that we cannot "guess" the outcome of a position before it actually happens?
As much as we cannot "guess" whether the coin will drop heads or tails on each flip.
We can analyze the "backtest" of the 10 moves made with that coin:
If we analyze the 10 moves and count the number of times the coin fell heads or tails in a specific sequence, we then have a percentage of times the coin fell heads or tails, so we have a 'backtest' of those moves.
Then on the next flip we can now assume a point or a favorable position for one side, the side with the highest probability .
In a nutshell, this is more or less how probabilistic statistical trading works.
As Statistical Traders we can never say whether such a Trader/Position we take will be a winner or a loser.
But still we can have a positive and consistent result in a "sequence" of trades, because before we even open a position, backtests have already been performed so we identify an anomaly and build a system that will have a positive statistical advantage in our favor over the market.
The advantage will not be in one trade itself, but in the "sequence" of trades as a whole!
Because our system will work like a casino, having a positive mathematical expectation relative to the players/market.
Design, develop, test models and systems that can take advantage of market anomalies, until they change.
Be the casino! - Mark Douglas
6️⃣ : ❓ Why use a Statistical/Probabilistic system ❓
In recent years I have focused and specialized in developing 100% automated trading systems, essentially for the cryptocurrency market.
I have developed many extremely robust and efficient systems, with positive mathematical expectation towards the market.
These are not complex systems per se , because here we want to avoid 'over-optimization' as much as possible.
As Da Vinci said: "Simplicity is the highest degree of sophistication".
I say this because I have tested, tried and developed hundreds of systems/strategies.
I believe I have programmed more than 10,000 unique indicators/strategies, because this is my passion and purpose in life.
I am passionate about what I do, completely!
I love statistical trading because it is the only way to get consistency in the long run!
This is why I have studied, applied, developed, and specialized in 100% automated cryptocurrency trading systems.
The reason why our systems are extremely "simple" is because, as I mentioned before, in statistical trading we want to exploit the market anomaly to the maximum, that is, this anomaly will change from time to time, usually we can exploit a trading system efficiently for about 6 to 12 months, or for a few years, that is; for fixed 'scalpers' systems.
Because at some point these anomalies will be identified , and from the moment they are identified they will be exploited and will stop being anomalies .
With the system presented here; you can even copy the indicators and input values shared here;
However; what I have to offer you is: it is me , our team , and our community !
That is, we will constantly monitor this system, for life , because our goal here is to create a unique , perpetual , profitable , and consistent system for our community.
Myself , our team and our community will keep this script periodically updated , to ensure the positive mathematical expectation of it.
So we don't mind sharing the current parameters and values , because the real value is also in the future updates that this system will receive from me and our team , guided by our culture and our community of real users !
As we are hosted on 'tradingview', all future updates for this strategy, will be implemented and updated automatically on your tradingview account.
What we want here is: to make sure you get gains from our system, because if you get gains , our ecosystem will grow as a whole in a healthy and scalable way, so we will be generating continuous mutual wealth and raising the collective consciousness .
People Need People: 3️⃣🅿
7️⃣ : ❓ Why the human brain is not prepared to do Trading ❓
Today my greatest skill is to develop statistically profitable and 100% automated strategies for 'pinescript' tradingview.
Note that I said: 'profitable' because in fact statistical trading is the only way to make money in a 'consistent' way from the market.
And consequently have a positive wealth curve every cycle, because we will be based on mathematics, not on feelings and news.
Because the human brain is not prepared to do trading.
Because trading is connected to the decision making of the cerebral cortex.
And the decision making is automatically linked to emotions, and emotions don't match with trading decision making, because in those moments, we can feel the best and also the worst sensations and emotions, and this certainly affects us and makes us commit grotesque mistakes!
That's why the human brain is not prepared to do trading.
If you want to participate in a fully automated, profitable and consistent trading system; be a Titan Pro 👽
I believe we are walking an extremely enriching path here, not only in terms of financial returns for our community, but also in terms of knowledge about probabilistic and automated statistical trading.
You will have access to an extremely robust system, which was built upon very strong concepts and foundations, and upon the world's main asset in a few years: Bitcoin .
We are the tip of the best that exists in the cryptocurrency market when it comes to probabilistic and automated statistical trading.
Result is result! Me being dressed or naked.
This is just the beginning!
But there is a way to consistently make money from the market.
Being the Casino! - Mark Douglas
8️⃣ : ❓ What is Backtest ❓
Imagine the market as a purely random system, but even in 'randomness' there are patterns.
So now imagine the market and statistical trading as follows:
Repeating the above 'coin' example, let's think of it as follows:
If we toss a coin up 10 times again.
It is impossible to know which flips will have heads or tails, correct?
But if we analyze these 10 tosses, then we will have a mathematical statistic of the past result, for example, 70 % of the tosses fell 'heads'.
That is:
7 moves fell on "heads" .
3 moves fell on "tails" .
So based on these conditions and on the generic backtest presented here, we could adopt " heads " as our system of moves, to have a statistical and probabilistic advantage in relation to the next move to be performed.
That is, if you define a system, based on backtests , that has a robust positive mathematical expectation in relation to the market you will have a profitable system.
For every move you make you will have a positive statistical advantage in your favor over the market before you even make the move.
Like a casino in relation to all its players!
The casino does not have an advantage over one specific player, but over all players, because it has a positive mathematical expectation about all the moves that night.
The casino will always have a positive statistical advantage over its players.
Note that there will always be real players who will make real, million-dollar bankrolls that night, but this condition is already built into the casino's 'strategy', which has a pre-determined positive statistical advantage of that night as a whole.
Statistical trading is the same thing, as long as you don't understand this you will keep losing money and consistently.
9️⃣ : ❓ How to build a Consistent system ❓
See most traders around the world perform trades believing that that specific position taken will make them filthy rich, because they simply believe faithfully that the position taken will be an undoubted winner, based on a trader's methodology: 'trading a trade' without analyzing the whole context, just using 'empirical' aspects in their system.
But if you think of trading, as a sequence of moves.
You see, 'a sequence' !
When we think statistically, it doesn't matter your result for this , or for the next specific trade , but the final sequence of trades as a whole.
As the market has a random system of results distribution , if your system has a positive statistical advantage in relation to the market, at the end of that sequence you'll have the biggest probability of having a winning bank.
That's how you do real trading!
And with consistency!
Trading is a long term game, but when you change the key you realize that it is a simple game to make money in a consistent way from the market, all you need is patience.
Even more when we are based on Bitcoin, which has its 'Halving' effect where, in theory, we will never lose money in 3 to 4 years intervals, due to its scarcity and the fact that Bitcoin is the 'discovery of digital scarcity' which makes it the digital gold, we believe in this thesis and we follow Satoshi's legacy.
So align Bitcoin with a probabilistic statistical trading system with a positive mathematical expectation of the market and 100% automated with the long term, and all you need is patience, and you will become rich.
In fact Bitcoin by itself is already a path, buy, wait for each halving and your wealth will be maintained.
No inflation, unlike fiat currencies.
This is a complete and extremely robust strategy, with the most current possible and 'not possible' techniques involved and applied here.
Today I am at another level in developing 100% automated 'quantitative' strategies.
I was born for this!
🔟 : ❓ What is a Quantitative Trading system ❓
In addition to having access to a revolutionary strategy you will have access to disruptive 100% multifunctional tables with the ability to perform 'backtests' for better tracking and monitoring of your system on a customized basis.
I would like to emphasize one thing, and that is that you keep this in mind.
Today my greatest skill in 'pinescript' is to build indicators, but mainly strategies, based on statistical and probabilistic trading, with a postive mathematical expectation in relation to the market, in a 100% automated way.
This with the goal of building a consistent and continuous positive equity curve through mathematics using data, converting it into statistical / probabilistic parameters and applying them to a Quantitative model.
Before becoming a Quantitative Trader , I was a Technical Analyst and a Discretionary Trader .
First as a position trader and then as a day trader.
Before becoming a Trader, I trained myself as a Technical Analyst , to masterly understand the shape and workings of the market in theory.
But everything changed when I met 'Mark Douglas' , when I got to know his works, that's when my head exploded 🤯, and I started to understand the market for good!
The market is nothing more than a 'random' system of distributing results.
See that I said: 'random' .
Do yourself a mental exercise.
Is there really such a thing as random ?
I believe not, as far as we know maybe the 'singularity'.
So thinking this way, to translate, the market is nothing more than a game of probability, statistics and pure mathematics.
Like a casino!
What happens is that most traders, whenever they take a position, take it with all the empirical certainty that such position will win or lose, and do not take into consideration the total sequence of results to understand their place in the market.
Understanding your place in the market gives you the ability to create and design systems that can exploit the present market anomaly, and thus make money statistically, consistently, and 100% automated.
Thinking of it this way, it is easy to make money from the market.
There are many ways to make money from the market, but the only consistent way I know of is through 'probabilistic and automated statistical trading'.
1️⃣1️⃣ : ❓ How to build a Quantitative Trading system ❓
There are some fundamental points that must be addressed here in order to understand what makes up a system based on statistics and probability applied to a quantitative model.
When we talk about 'discretionary' trading, it is a trading system based on human decisions after the defined 'empirical' conditions are met.
It is quite another thing to build a fully automated system without any human interference/interaction .
That said:
Building a statistically profitable system is perfectly possible, but this is a high level task , but with possible high rewards and consistent gains.
Here you will find a real "Skin In The Game" strategy.
With all due respect, but the vast majority of traders who post strategies on TradingView do not understand what they are doing.
Most of them do not understand the minimum complexity involved in the main variable for the construction of a real strategy, the mother variable: "strategy".
I say this by my own experience, because I have analyzed practically all the existing publications of TradingView + 200,000 indicators and strategies.
I breathe pinescript, I eat pinescript, I sleep pinescript, I bathe pinescript, I live TradingView.
But the main advantage for the TradingView users, is that all entry and exit orders made by this strategy can be checked and analyzed thoroughly, to validate and prove the veracity of this strategy, because this is a 100% real strategy.
Here there is a huge world of possibilities, but only one way to build a 'pinescript strategy' that will work correctly aligned to the real world with real results .
There are some fundamental points to take into consideration when building a profitable trading system:
The most important of these for me is: 'DrawDown' .
Followed by: 'Hit Rate' .
And only after that we use the parameter: 'Profit'.
See, this is because here, we are dealing with the 'imponderable' , and anything can happen in this scenario.
But there is one thing that makes us sleep peacefully at night, and that is: controlling losses .
That is, in other words: controlling the DrawDown .
The amateur is concerned with 'winning', the professional is concerned with conserving capital.
If we have the losses under control, then we can move on to the other two parameters: hit rate and profit.
See, the second most important factor in building a system is the hit rate.
I say this from my own experience.
I have worked with many systems with a 'low hit rate', but extremely profitable.
For example: systems with hit rates of 40 to 50%.
But as much as statistically and mathematically the profit is rewarding, operating systems with a low hit rate is always very stressful psychologically.
That's why there are two big reasons why when I build an automated trading system, I focus on the high hit rate of the system, they are
1 - To reduce psychological damage as much as possible .
2 - And more important , when we create a system with a 'high hit rate' , there is a huge intrinsic advantage here, that most statistic traders don't take in consideration.
That is: knowing more quickly when the system stops being functional.
The main advantage of a system with a high hit rate is: to identify when the system stops being functional and stop exploiting the market's anomaly.
Look: When we are talking about trading and random distribution of results on the market, do you agree that when we create a trading system, we are focused on exploring some anomaly of that market?
When that anomaly is verified by the market, it will stop being functional with time.
That's why trading systems, 'scalpers', especially for cryptocurrencies, need constant monitoring, quarterly, semi-annually or annually.
Because market movements change from time to time.
Because we go through different cycles from time to time, such as congestion cycles, accumulation , distribution , volatility , uptrends and downtrends .
1️⃣2️⃣ : ❓ How to Exploit Market Anomalies ❓
You see there is a very important point that must be stressed here.
As we are always trying to exploit an 'anomaly' in the market.
So the 'number' of indicators/tools that will integrate the system is of paramount importance.
But most traders do not take this into consideration.
To build a professional, robust, consistent, and profitable system, you don't need to use hundreds of indicators to build your setup.
This will actually make it harder to read when the setup stops working and needs some adjustment.
So focusing on a high hit rate is very important here, this is a fundamental principle that is widely ignored , and with a high hit rate, we can know much more accurately when the system is no longer functional much faster.
As Darwin said: "It is not the strongest or the most intelligent that wins the game of life, it is the most adapted.
So simple systems, as contradictory as it may seem, are more efficient, because they help to identify inflection points in the market much more quickly.
1️⃣3️⃣ : ❓ What Defines a Robust, Profitable and Consistent System ❓
See I have built, hundreds of thousands of indicators and 'pinescript' strategies, hundreds of thousands.
This is an extremely professional, robust and profitable system.
Based on the currency pairs: BTC /USDT
There are many ways and avenues to build a profitable trading setup/system.
And actually this is not a difficult task, taking in consideration, as the main factor here, that our trading and investment plan is for the long term, so consequently we will face scenarios with less noise.
He who is in a hurry eats raw.
As mentioned before.
Defining trends in pinescript is technically a simple task, the hardest task is to determine congestion zones with low volume and volatility, it's in these moments that many false signals are generated, and consequently is where most setups face their maximum DrawDown.
That's why this strategy was strictly and thoroughly planned, built on a very solid foundation, to avoid as much noise as possible, for a positive and consistent equity curve in each market cycle, 'Consistency' is our 'Mantra' around here.
1️⃣4️⃣ : 🔧 Fixed Technical
• Strategy: Titan Investments|Quantitative THEMIS|Pro|BINANCE:BTCUSDTP:4h
• Pair: BTC/USDTP
• Time Frame: 4 hours
• Broker: Binance (Recommended)
For a more conservative scenario, we have built the Quantitative THEMIS for the 4h time frame, with the main focus on consistency.
So we can avoid noise as much as possible!
1️⃣5️⃣ : ❌ Fixed Outputs : 🎯 TP(%) & 🛑SL(%)
In order to build a 'perpetual' system specific to BTC/USDT, it took a lot of testing, and more testing, and a lot of investment and research.
There is one initial and fundamental point that we can address to justify the incredible consistency presented here.
That fundamental point is our exit via Take Profit or Stop Loss percentage (%).
🎯 Take Profit (%)
🛑 Stop Loss (%)
See, today I have been testing some more advanced backtesting models for some cryptocurrency systems.
In which I perform 'backtest of backtest', i.e. we use a set of strategies each focused on a principle, operating individually, but they are part of something unique, i.e. we do 'backtests' of 'backtests' together.
What I mean is that we do a lot of backtesting around here.
I can assure you, that always the best output for a trading system is to set fixed output values!
In other words:
🎯 Take Profit (%)
🛑 Stop Loss (%)
This happens because statistically setting fixed exit structures in the vast majority of times, presents a superior result on the capital/equity curve, throughout history and for the vast majority of setups compared to other exit methods.
This is due to a mathematical principle of simplicity, 'avoiding more noise'.
Thus whenever the Quantitative THEMIS strategy takes a position it has a target and a defined maximum stop percentage.
1️⃣6️⃣ : ⚠️ Risk Profile
The strategy, currently has 3 risk profiles ⚠️ patterns for 'fixed percentage exits': Take Profit (%) and Stop Loss (%) .
They are: ⚠️ Rich's Profiles
✔️🆑 Conservative: 🎯 TP=2.7 % 🛑 SL=2.7 %
❌Ⓜ️ Moderate: 🎯 TP=2.8 % 🛑 SL=2.7 %
❌🅰 Aggressive: 🎯 TP=1.6 % 🛑 SL=6.9 %
You will be able to select and switch between the above options and profiles through the 'input' menu of the strategy by navigating to the "⚠️ Risk Profile" menu.
You can then select, test and apply the Risk Profile above that best suits your risk management, expectations and reality , as well as customize all the 'fixed exit' values through the TP and SL menus below.
1️⃣7️⃣ : ⭕ Moving Exits : (Indicators)
The strategy currently also has 'Moving Exits' based on indicator signals.
These are Moving Exits (Indicators)
📈 LONG : (EXIT)
🧃 (MAO) Short : true
📉 SHORT : (EXIT)
🧃 (MAO) Long: false
You can select and toggle between the above options through the 'input' menu of the strategy by navigating to the "LONG : Exit" and "SHORT : Exit" menu.
1️⃣8️⃣ : 💸 Initial Capital
By default the "Initial Capital" set for entries and backtests of this strategy is: 10000 $
You can set another value for the 'Starting Capital' through the tradingview menu under "properties" , and edit the value of the "Initial Capital" field.
This way you can set and test other 'Entry Values' for your trades, tests and backtests.
1️⃣9️⃣ : ⚙️ Entry Options
By default the 'order size' set for this strategy is 100 % of the 'initial capital' on each new trade.
You can set and test other entry options like : contracts , cash , % of equity
You should make these changes directly in the input menu of the strategy by navigating to the menu "⚙️ Properties : TradingView" below.
⚙️ Properties : (TradingView)
📊 Strategy Type: strategy.position_size != 1
📝💲 % Order Type: % of equity
📝💲 % Order Size: 100
Leverage: 1
So you can define and test other 'Entry Options' for your trades, tests and backtests.
2️⃣0️⃣ : ❓ How to Automate this Strategy ❓ : 🤖 Automation : 'Third-Party Services'
It is possible to automate the signals of this strategy for any centralized or decentralized broker, as well as for messaging services: Discord, Telegram and Twitter.
All in an extremely simple and uncomplicated way through the tutorials available in PDF /VIDEO for our Titan Pro 👽 subscriber community.
With our tutorials in PDF and Video it will be possible to automate the signals of this strategy for the chosen service in an extremely simple way with less than 10 steps only.
Tradingview naturally doesn't count with native integration between brokers and tradingview.
But it is possible to use 'third party services' to do the integration and automation between Tradingview and your centralized or decentralized broker.
Here are the standard, available and recommended 'third party services' to automate the signals from the 'Quantitative THEMIS' strategy on the tradingview for your broker:
1) Wundertrading (Recommended):
2) 3commas:
3) Zignaly:
4) Aleeert.com (Recommended):
5) Alertatron:
Note! 'Third party services' cannot perform 'withdrawals' via their key 'API', they can only open positions, so your funds will always be 'safe' in your brokerage firm, being traded via the 'API', when they receive an entry and exit signal from this strategy.
2️⃣1️⃣ : ❓ How to Automate this Strategy ❓ : 🤖 Automation : 'Exchanges
You can automate this strategy for any of the brokers below, through your broker's 'API' by connecting it to the 'third party automation services' for tradingview available and mentioned in the menu above:
1) Binance (Recommended)
2) Bitmex
3) Bybit
4) KuCoin
5) Deribit
6) OKX
7) Coinbase
8) Huobi
9) Bitfinex
10) Bitget
11) Bittrex
12) Bitstamp
13) Gate. io
14) Kraken
15) Gemini
16) Ascendex
17) VCCE
2️⃣2️⃣ : ❓ How to Automate this Strategy ❓ : 🤖 Automation : 'Messaging Services'
You can also automate and monitor the signals of this strategy much more efficiently by sending them to the following popular messaging services:
1) Discord
2) Telegram
3) Twitter
2️⃣3️⃣ : ❓ How to Automate this Strategy ❓ : 🤖 Automation : '🧲🤖Copy-Trading'
It will also be possible to copy/replicate the entries and exits of this strategy to your broker in an extremely simple and agile way, through the available copy-trader services.
This way it will be possible to replicate the signals of this strategy at each entry and exit to your broker through the API connecting it to the integrated copy-trader services available through the tradingview automation services below:
1) Wundetrading:
2) Zignaly:
2️⃣4️⃣ : ❔ Why be a Titan Pro 👽❔
I believe that today I am at another level in 'pinescript' development.
I consider myself today a true unicorn as a pinescript developer, someone unique and very rare.
If you choose another tool or another pinescript service, this tool will be just another one, with no real results.
But if you join our Titan community, you will have access to a unique tool! And you will get real results!
I already earn money consistently with statistical and automated trading and as an expert pinescript developer.
I am here to evolve my skills as much as possible, and one day become a pinescript 'Wizard'.
So excellence, quality and professionalism will always be my north here.
You will never find a developer like me, and who will take so seriously such a revolutionary project as this one. A Maverick! ▬ The man never stops!
Here you will find the highest degree of sophistication and development in the market for 'pinescript'.
You will get the best of me and the best of pinescript possible.
Let me show you how a professional in my field does it.
Become a Titan Pro Member 👽 and get Full Access to this strategy and all the Automation Tutorials.
Be the Titan in your life!
2️⃣5️⃣ : ❔ Why be a Titan Aff 🛸❔
Get financial return for your referrals, Decentralize the World, and raise the collective consciousness.
2️⃣6️⃣ : 📋 Summary : ⚖️ Strategy: Titan Investments|Quantitative THEMIS|Pro|BINANCE:BTCUSDTP:4h
® Titan Investimentos | Quantitative THEMIS ⚖️ | Pro 👽 2.6 | Dev: © FilipeSoh 🧙 | 🤖 100% Automated : Discord, Telegram, Twitter, Wundertrading, 3commas, Zignaly, Aleeert, Alertatron, Uniswap-v3 | BINANCE:BTCUSDTPERP 4h
🛒 Subscribe this strategy ❗️ Be a Titan Member 🏛️
🛒 Titan Pro 👽 🏛️ Titan Pro 👽 Version with ✔️100% Integrated Automation 🤖 and 📚 Automation Tutorials ✔️100% available at: (PDF/VIDEO)
🛒 Titan Affiliate 🛸 🏛️ Titan Affiliate 🛸 (Subscription Sale) 🔥 Receive 50% commission
📋 Summary : QT THEMIS ⚖️
🕵️♂️ Check This Strategy..................................................................0
🦄 ® Titan Investimentos...............................................................1
👨💻 © Developer..........................................................................2
📚 Signal Automation Tutorials : (PDF/VIDEO).......................................3
👨🔧 Revision...............................................................................4
📊 Table : (BACKTEST)..................................................................5
📊 Table : (INFORMATIONS).............................................................6
⚙️ Properties : (TRADINGVIEW)........................................................7
📆 Backtest : (TRADINGVIEW)..........................................................8
⚠️ Risk Profile...........................................................................9
🟢 On 🔴 Off : (LONG/SHORT).......................................................10
📈 LONG : (ENTRY)....................................................................11
📉 SHORT : (ENTRY)...................................................................12
📈 LONG : (EXIT).......................................................................13
📉 SHORT : (EXIT)......................................................................14
🧩 (EI) External Indicator.............................................................15
📡 (QT) Quantitative...................................................................16
🎠 (FF) Forecast......................................................................17
🅱 (BB) Bollinger Bands................................................................18
🧃 (MAP) Moving Average Primary......................................................19
🧃 (MAP) Labels.........................................................................20
🍔 (MAQ) Moving Average Quaternary.................................................21
🍟 (MACD) Moving Average Convergence Divergence...............................22
📣 (VWAP) Volume Weighted Average Price........................................23
🪀 (HL) HILO..........................................................................24
🅾 (OBV) On Balance Volume.........................................................25
🥊 (SAR) Stop and Reverse...........................................................26
🛡️ (DSR) Dynamic Support and Resistance..........................................27
🔊 (VD) Volume Directional..........................................................28
🧰 (RSI) Relative Momentum Index.................................................29
🎯 (TP) Take Profit %..................................................................30
🛑 (SL) Stop Loss %....................................................................31
🤖 Automation Selected...............................................................32
📱💻 Discord............................................................................33
📱💻 Telegram..........................................................................34
📱💻 Twitter...........................................................................35
🤖 Wundertrading......................................................................36
🤖 3commas............................................................................37
🤖 Zignaly...............................................................................38
🤖 Aleeert...............................................................................39
🤖 Alertatron...........................................................................40
🤖 Uniswap-v3..........................................................................41
🧲🤖 Copy-Trading....................................................................42
♻️ ® No Repaint........................................................................43
🔒 Copyright ©️..........................................................................44
🏛️ Be a Titan Member..................................................................45
Nº Active Users..........................................................................46
⏱ Time Left............................................................................47
| 0 | 🕵️♂️ Check This Strategy
🕵️♂️ Version Demo: 🐄 Version with ❌non-integrated automation 🤖 and 📚 Tutorials for automation ❌not available
🕵️♂️ Version Pro: 👽 Version with ✔️100% Integrated Automation 🤖 and 📚 Automation Tutorials ✔️100% available at: (PDF/VIDEO)
| 1 | 🦄 ® Titan Investimentos
Decentralizing the World 🗺
Raising the Collective Conscience 🗺
🦄Site:
🦄TradingView: www.tradingview.com
🦄Discord:
🦄Telegram:
🦄Youtube:
🦄Twitter:
🦄Instagram:
🦄TikTok:
🦄Linkedin:
🦄E-mail:
| 2 | 👨💻 © Developer
🧠 Developer: @FilipeSoh🧙
📺 TradingView: www.tradingview.com
☑️ Linkedin:
✅ Fiverr:
✅ Upwork:
🎥 YouTube:
🐤 Twitter:
🤳 Instagram:
| 3 | 📚 Signal Automation Tutorials : (PDF/VIDEO)
📚 Discord: 🔗 Link: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📚 Telegram: 🔗 Link: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📚 Twitter: 🔗 Link: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📚 Wundertrading: 🔗 Link: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📚 3comnas: 🔗 Link: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📚 Zignaly: 🔗 Link: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📚 Aleeert: 🔗 Link: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📚 Alertatron: 🔗 Link: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📚 Uniswap-v3: 🔗 Link: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📚 Copy-Trading: 🔗 Link: 🔒Titan Pro👽
| 4 | 👨🔧 Revision
👨🔧 Start Of Operations: 01 Jan 2019 21:00 -0300 💡 Start Of Operations (Skin in the game) : Revision 1.0
👨🔧 Previous Review: 01 Jan 2022 21:00 -0300 💡 Previous Review : Revision 2.0
👨🔧 Current Revision: 01 Jan 2023 21:00 -0300 💡 Current Revision : Revision 2.6
👨🔧 Next Revision: 28 May 2023 21:00 -0300 💡 Next Revision : Revision 2.7
| 5 | 📊 Table : (BACKTEST)
📊 Table: true
🖌️ Style: label.style_label_left
📐 Size: size_small
📏 Line: defval
🎨 Color: #131722
| 6 | 📊 Table : (INFORMATIONS)
📊 Table: false
🖌️ Style: label.style_label_right
📐 Size: size_small
📏 Line: defval
🎨 Color: #131722
| 7 | ⚙️ Properties : (TradingView)
📊 Strategy Type: strategy.position_size != 1
📝💲 % Order Type: % of equity
📝💲 % Order Size: 100 %
🚀 Leverage: 1
| 8 | 📆 Backtest : (TradingView)
🗓️ Mon: true
🗓️ Tue: true
🗓️ Wed: true
🗓️ Thu: true
🗓️ Fri: true
🗓️ Sat: true
🗓️ Sun: true
📆 Range: custom
📆 Start: UTC 31 Oct 2008 00:00
📆 End: UTC 31 Oct 2030 23:45
📆 Session: 0000-0000
📆 UTC: UTC
| 9 | ⚠️ Risk Profile
✔️🆑 Conservative: 🎯 TP=2.7 % 🛑 SL=2.7 %
❌Ⓜ️ Moderate: 🎯 TP=2.8 % 🛑 SL=2.7 %
❌🅰 Aggressive: 🎯 TP=1.6 % 🛑 SL=6.9 %
| 10 | 🟢 On 🔴 Off : (LONG/SHORT)
🟢📈 LONG: true
🟢📉 SHORT: true
| 11 | 📈 LONG : (ENTRY)
📡 (QT) Long: true
🧃 (MAP) Long: false
🅱 (BB) Long: false
🍟 (MACD) Long: false
🅾 (OBV) Long: false
| 12 | 📉 SHORT : (ENTRY)
📡 (QT) Short: true
🧃 (MAP) Short: false
🅱 (BB) Short: false
🍟 (MACD) Short: false
🅾 (OBV) Short: false
| 13 | 📈 LONG : (EXIT)
🧃 (MAP) Short: true
| 14 | 📉 SHORT : (EXIT)
🧃 (MAP) Long: false
| 15 | 🧩 (EI) External Indicator
🧩 (EI) Connect your external indicator/filter: false
🧩 (EI) Connect your indicator here (Study mode only): close
🧩 (EI) Connect your indicator here (Study mode only): close
| 16 | 📡 (QT) Quantitative
📡 (QT) Quantitative: true
📡 (QT) Market: BINANCE:BTCUSDTPERP
📡 (QT) Dice: openai
| 17 | 🎠 (FF) Forecast
🎠 (FF) Include current unclosed current candle: true
🎠 (FF) Forecast Type: flat
🎠 (FF) Nº of candles to use in linear regression: 3
| 18 | 🅱 (BB) Bollinger Bands
🅱 (BB) Bollinger Bands: true
🅱 (BB) Type: EMA
🅱 (BB) Period: 20
🅱 (BB) Source: close
🅱 (BB) Multiplier: 2
🅱 (BB) Linewidth: 0
🅱 (BB) Color: #131722
| 19 | 🧃 (MAP) Moving Average Primary
🧃 (MAP) Moving Average Primary: true
🧃 (MAP) BarColor: false
🧃 (MAP) Background: false
🧃 (MAP) Type: SMA
🧃 (MAP) Source: open
🧃 (MAP) Period: 100
🧃 (MAP) Multiplier: 2.0
🧃 (MAP) Linewidth: 2
🧃 (MAP) Color P: #42bda8
🧃 (MAP) Color N: #801922
| 20 | 🧃 (MAP) Labels
🧃 (MAP) Labels: true
🧃 (MAP) Style BUY ZONE: shape.labelup
🧃 (MAP) Color BUY ZONE: #42bda8
🧃 (MAP) Style SELL ZONE: shape.labeldown
🧃 (MAP) Color SELL ZONE: #801922
| 21 | 🍔 (MAQ) Moving Average Quaternary
🍔 (MAQ) Moving Average Quaternary: true
🍔 (MAQ) BarColor: false
🍔 (MAQ) Background: false
🍔 (MAQ) Type: SMA
🍔 (MAQ) Source: close
🍔 (MAQ) Primary: 14
🍔 (MAQ) Secondary: 22
🍔 (MAQ) Tertiary: 44
🍔 (MAQ) Quaternary: 16
🍔 (MAQ) Linewidth: 0
🍔 (MAQ) Color P: #42bda8
🍔 (MAQ) Color N: #801922
| 22 | 🍟 (MACD) Moving Average Convergence Divergence
🍟 (MACD) Macd Type: EMA
🍟 (MACD) Signal Type: EMA
🍟 (MACD) Source: close
🍟 (MACD) Fast: 12
🍟 (MACD) Slow: 26
🍟 (MACD) Smoothing: 9
| 23 | 📣 (VWAP) Volume Weighted Average Price
📣 (VWAP) Source: close
📣 (VWAP) Period: 340
📣 (VWAP) Momentum A: 84
📣 (VWAP) Momentum B: 150
📣 (VWAP) Average Volume: 1
📣 (VWAP) Multiplier: 1
📣 (VWAP) Diviser: 2
| 24 | 🪀 (HL) HILO
🪀 (HL) Type: SMA
🪀 (HL) Function: Maverick🧙
🪀 (HL) Source H: high
🪀 (HL) Source L: low
🪀 (HL) Period: 20
🪀 (HL) Momentum: 26
🪀 (HL) Diviser: 2
🪀 (HL) Multiplier: 1
| 25 | 🅾 (OBV) On Balance Volume
🅾 (OBV) Type: EMA
🅾 (OBV) Source: close
🅾 (OBV) Period: 16
🅾 (OBV) Diviser: 2
🅾 (OBV) Multiplier: 1
| 26 | 🥊 (SAR) Stop and Reverse
🥊 (SAR) Source: close
🥊 (SAR) High: 1.8
🥊 (SAR) Mid: 1.6
🥊 (SAR) Low: 1.6
🥊 (SAR) Diviser: 2
🥊 (SAR) Multiplier: 1
| 27 | 🛡️ (DSR) Dynamic Support and Resistance
🛡️ (DSR) Source D: close
🛡️ (DSR) Source R: high
🛡️ (DSR) Source S: low
🛡️ (DSR) Momentum R: 0
🛡️ (DSR) Momentum S: 2
🛡️ (DSR) Diviser: 2
🛡️ (DSR) Multiplier: 1
| 28 | 🔊 (VD) Volume Directional
🔊 (VD) Type: SMA
🔊 (VD) Period: 68
🔊 (VD) Momentum: 3.8
🔊 (VD) Diviser: 2
🔊 (VD) Multiplier: 1
| 29 | 🧰 (RSI) Relative Momentum Index
🧰 (RSI) Type UP: EMA
🧰 (RSI) Type DOWN: EMA
🧰 (RSI) Source: close
🧰 (RSI) Period: 29
🧰 (RSI) Smoothing: 22
🧰 (RSI) Momentum R: 64
🧰 (RSI) Momentum S: 142
🧰 (RSI) Diviser: 2
🧰 (RSI) Multiplier: 1
| 30 | 🎯 (TP) Take Profit %
🎯 (TP) Take Profit: false
🎯 (TP) %: 2.2
🎯 (TP) Color: #42bda8
🎯 (TP) Linewidth: 1
| 31 | 🛑 (SL) Stop Loss %
🛑 (SL) Stop Loss: false
🛑 (SL) %: 2.7
🛑 (SL) Color: #801922
🛑 (SL) Linewidth: 1
| 32 | 🤖 Automation : Discord | Telegram | Twitter | Wundertrading | 3commas | Zignaly | Aleeert | Alertatron | Uniswap-v3
🤖 Automation Selected : Discord
| 33 | 🤖 Discord
🔗 Link Discord: discord.com
🔗 Link 📚 Automation: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Discord ▬ Enter Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Discord ▬ Exit Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Discord ▬ Enter Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Discord ▬ Exit Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
| 34 | 🤖 Telegram
🔗 Link Telegram: telegram.org
🔗 Link 📚 Automation: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Telegram ▬ Enter Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Telegram ▬ Exit Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Telegram ▬ Enter Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Telegram ▬ Exit Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
| 35 | 🤖 Twitter
🔗 Link Twitter: twitter.com
🔗 Link 📚 Automation: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Twitter ▬ Enter Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Twitter ▬ Exit Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Twitter ▬ Enter Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Twitter ▬ Exit Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
| 36 | 🤖 Wundertrading : Binance | Bitmex | Bybit | KuCoin | Deribit | OKX | Coinbase | Huobi | Bitfinex | Bitget
🔗 Link Wundertrading: wundertrading.com
🔗 Link 📚 Automation: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Wundertrading ▬ Enter Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Wundertrading ▬ Exit Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Wundertrading ▬ Enter Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Wundertrading ▬ Exit Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
| 37 | 🤖 3commas : Binance | Bybit | OKX | Bitfinex | Coinbase | Deribit | Bitmex | Bittrex | Bitstamp | Gate.io | Kraken | Gemini | Huobi | KuCoin
🔗 Link 3commas: 3commas.io
🔗 Link 📚 Automation: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 3commas ▬ Enter Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 3commas ▬ Exit Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 3commas ▬ Enter Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 3commas ▬ Exit Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
| 38 | 🤖 Zignaly : Binance | Ascendex | Bitmex | Kucoin | VCCE
🔗 Link Zignaly: zignaly.com
🔗 Link 📚 Automation: 🔒Titan Pro👽
🤖 Type Automation: Profit Sharing
🤖 Type Provider: Webook
🔑 Key: 🔒Titan Pro👽
🤖 pair: BTCUSDTP
🤖 exchange: binance
🤖 exchangeAccountType: futures
🤖 orderType: market
🚀 leverage: 1x
% positionSizePercentage: 100 %
💸 positionSizeQuote: 10000 $
🆔 signalId: @Signal1234
| 39 | 🤖 Aleeert : Binance
🔗 Link Aleeert: aleeert.com
🔗 Link 📚 Automation: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Aleeert ▬ Enter Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Aleeert ▬ Exit Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Aleeert ▬ Enter Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Aleeert ▬ Exit Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
| 40 | 🤖 Alertatron : Binance | Bybit | Deribit | Bitmex
🔗 Link Alertatron: alertatron.com
🔗 Link 📚 Automation: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Alertatron ▬ Enter Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Alertatron ▬ Exit Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Alertatron ▬ Enter Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Alertatron ▬ Exit Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
| 41 | 🤖 Uniswap-v3
🔗 Link Alertatron: uniswap.org
🔗 Link 📚 Automation: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Uniswap-v3 ▬ Enter Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Uniswap-v3 ▬ Exit Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Uniswap-v3 ▬ Enter Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Uniswap-v3 ▬ Exit Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
| 42 | 🧲🤖 Copy-Trading : Zignaly | Wundertrading
🔗 Link 📚 Copy-Trading: 🔒Titan Pro👽
🧲🤖 Copy-Trading ▬ Zignaly: 🔒Titan Pro👽
🧲🤖 Copy-Trading ▬ Wundertrading: 🔒Titan Pro👽
| 43 | ♻️ ® Don't Repaint!
♻️ This Strategy does not Repaint!: ® Signs Do not repaint❕
♻️ This is a Real Strategy!: Quality : ® Titan Investimentos
📋️️ Get more information about Repainting here:
| 44 | 🔒 Copyright ©️
🔒 Copyright ©️: Copyright © 2023-2024 All rights reserved, ® Titan Investimentos
🔒 Copyright ©️: ® Titan Investimentos
🔒 Copyright ©️: Unique and Exclusive Strategy. All rights reserved
| 45 | 🏛️ Be a Titan Members
🏛️ Titan Pro 👽 Version with ✔️100% Integrated Automation 🤖 and 📚 Automation Tutorials ✔️100% available at: (PDF/VIDEO)
🏛️ Titan Affiliate 🛸 (Subscription Sale) 🔥 Receive 50% commission
| 46 | ⏱ Time Left
Time Left Titan Demo 🐄: ⏱♾ | ⏱ : ♾ Titan Demo 🐄 Version with ❌non-integrated automation 🤖 and 📚 Tutorials for automation ❌not available
Time Left Titan Pro 👽: 🔒Titan Pro👽 | ⏱ : Pro Plans: 30 Days, 90 Days, 12 Months, 24 Months. (👽 Pro 🅼 Monthly, 👽 Pro 🆀 Quarterly, 👽 Pro🅰 Annual, 👽 Pro👾Two Years)
| 47 | Nº Active Users
Nº Active Subscribers Titan Pro 👽: 5️⃣6️⃣ | 1✔️ 5✔️ 10✔️ 100❌ 1K❌ 10K❌ 50K❌ 100K❌ 1M❌ 10M❌ 100M❌ : ⏱ Active Users is updated every 24 hours (Check on indicator)
Nº Active Affiliates Titan Aff 🛸: 6️⃣ | 1✔️ 5✔️ 10❌ 100❌ 1K❌ 10K❌ 50K❌ 100K❌ 1M❌ 10M❌ 100M❌ : ⏱ Active Users is updated every 24 hours (Check on indicator)
2️⃣7️⃣ : 📊 PERFORMANCE : 🆑 Conservative
📊 Exchange: Binance
📊 Pair: BINANCE: BTCUSDTPERP
📊 TimeFrame: 4h
📊 Initial Capital: 10000 $
📊 Order Type: % equity
📊 Size Per Order: 100 %
📊 Commission: 0.03 %
📊 Pyramid: 1
• ⚠️ Risk Profile: 🆑 Conservative: 🎯 TP=2.7 % | 🛑 SL=2.7 %
• 📆All years: 🆑 Conservative: 🚀 Leverage 1️⃣x
📆 Start: September 23, 2019
📆 End: January 11, 2023
📅 Days: 1221
📅 Bars: 7325
Net Profit:
🟢 + 1669.89 %
💲 + 166989.43 USD
Total Close Trades:
⚪️ 369
Percent Profitable:
🟡 64.77 %
Profit Factor:
🟢 2.314
DrawDrown Maximum:
🔴 -24.82 %
💲 -10221.43 USD
Avg Trade:
💲 + 452.55 USD
✔️ Trades Winning: 239
❌ Trades Losing: 130
✔️ Average Gross Win: + 12.31 %
❌ Average Gross Loss: - 9.78 %
✔️ Maximum Consecutive Wins: 9
❌ Maximum Consecutive Losses: 6
% Average Gain Annual: 499.33 %
% Average Gain Monthly: 41.61 %
% Average Gain Weekly: 9.6 %
% Average Gain Day: 1.37 %
💲 Average Gain Annual: 49933 $
💲 Average Gain Monthly: 4161 $
💲 Average Gain Weekly: 960 $
💲 Average Gain Day: 137 $
• 📆 Year: 2020: 🆑 Conservative: 🚀 Leverage 1️⃣x
• 📆 Year: 2021: 🆑 Conservative: 🚀 Leverage 1️⃣x
• 📆 Year: 2022: 🆑 Conservative: 🚀 Leverage 1️⃣x
2️⃣8️⃣ : 📊 PERFORMANCE : Ⓜ️ Moderate
📊 Exchange: Binance
📊 Pair: BINANCE: BTCUSDTPERP
📊 TimeFrame: 4h
📊 Initial Capital: 10000 $
📊 Order Type: % equity
📊 Size Per Order: 100 %
📊 Commission: 0.03 %
📊 Pyramid: 1
• ⚠️ Risk Profile: Ⓜ️ Moderate: 🎯 TP=2.8 % | 🛑 SL=2.7 %
• 📆 All years: Ⓜ️ Moderate: 🚀 Leverage 1️⃣x
📆 Start: September 23, 2019
📆 End: January 11, 2023
📅 Days: 1221
📅 Bars: 7325
Net Profit:
🟢 + 1472.04 %
💲 + 147199.89 USD
Total Close Trades:
⚪️ 362
Percent Profitable:
🟡 63.26 %
Profit Factor:
🟢 2.192
DrawDrown Maximum:
🔴 -22.69 %
💲 -9269.33 USD
Avg Trade:
💲 + 406.63 USD
✔️ Trades Winning: 229
❌ Trades Losing : 133
✔️ Average Gross Win: + 11.82 %
❌ Average Gross Loss: - 9.29 %
✔️ Maximum Consecutive Wins: 9
❌ Maximum Consecutive Losses: 8
% Average Gain Annual: 440.15 %
% Average Gain Monthly: 36.68 %
% Average Gain Weekly: 8.46 %
% Average Gain Day: 1.21 %
💲 Average Gain Annual: 44015 $
💲 Average Gain Monthly: 3668 $
💲 Average Gain Weekly: 846 $
💲 Average Gain Day: 121 $
• 📆 Year: 2020: Ⓜ️ Moderate: 🚀 Leverage 1️⃣x
• 📆 Year: 2021: Ⓜ️ Moderate: 🚀 Leverage 1️⃣x
• 📆 Year: 2022: Ⓜ️ Moderate: 🚀 Leverage 1️⃣x
2️⃣9️⃣ : 📊 PERFORMANCE : 🅰 Aggressive
📊 Exchange: Binance
📊 Pair: BINANCE: BTCUSDTPERP
📊 TimeFrame: 4h
📊 Initial Capital: 10000 $
📊 Order Type: % equity
📊 Size Per Order: 100 %
📊 Commission: 0.03 %
📊 Pyramid: 1
• ⚠️ Risk Profile: 🅰 Aggressive: 🎯 TP=1.6 % | 🛑 SL=6.9 %
• 📆 All years: 🅰 Aggressive: 🚀 Leverage 1️⃣x
📆 Start: September 23, 2019
📆 End: January 11, 2023
📅 Days: 1221
📅 Bars: 7325
Net Profit:
🟢 + 989.38 %
💲 + 98938.38 USD
Total Close Trades:
⚪️ 380
Percent Profitable:
🟢 84.47 %
Profit Factor:
🟢 2.156
DrawDrown Maximum:
🔴 -17.88 %
💲 -9182.84 USD
Avg Trade:
💲 + 260.36 USD
✔️ Trades Winning: 321
❌ Trades Losing: 59
✔️ Average Gross Win: + 5.75 %
❌ Average Gross Loss: - 14.51 %
✔️ Maximum Consecutive Wins: 21
❌ Maximum Consecutive Losses: 6
% Average Gain Annual: 295.84 %
% Average Gain Monthly: 24.65 %
% Average Gain Weekly: 5.69 %
% Average Gain Day: 0.81 %
💲 Average Gain Annual: 29584 $
💲 Average Gain Monthly: 2465 $
💲 Average Gain Weekly: 569 $
💲 Average Gain Day: 81 $
• 📆 Year: 2020: 🅰 Aggressive: 🚀 Leverage 1️⃣x
• 📆 Year: 2021: 🅰 Aggressive: 🚀 Leverage 1️⃣x
• 📆 Year: 2022: 🅰 Aggressive: 🚀 Leverage 1️⃣x
3️⃣0️⃣ : 🛠️ Roadmap
🛠️• 14/ 01 /2023 : Titan THEMIS Launch
🛠️• Updates January/2023 :
• 📚 Tutorials for Automation 🤖 already Available : ✔️
• ✔️ Discord
• ✔️ Wundertrading
• ✔️ Zignaly
• 📚 Tutorials for Automation 🤖 In Preparation : ⭕
• ⭕ Telegram
• ⭕ Twitter
• ⭕ 3comnas
• ⭕ Aleeert
• ⭕ Alertatron
• ⭕ Uniswap-v3
• ⭕ Copy-Trading
🛠️• Updates February/2023 :
• 📰 Launch of advertising material for Titan Affiliates 🛸
• 🛍️🎥🖼️📊 (Sales Page/VSL/Videos/Creative/Infographics)
🛠️• 28/05/2023 : Titan THEMIS update ▬ Version 2.7
🛠️• 28/05/2023 : BOT BOB release ▬ Version 1.0
• (Native Titan THEMIS Automation - Through BOT BOB, a bot for automation of signals, indicators and strategies of TradingView, of own code ▬ in validation.
• BOT BOB
Automation/Connection :
• API - For Centralized Brokers.
• Smart Contracts - Wallet Web - For Decentralized Brokers.
• This way users can automate any indicator or strategy of TradingView and Titan in a decentralized, secure and simplified way.
• Without having the need to use 'third party services' for automating TradingView indicators and strategies like the ones available above.
🛠️• 28/05/2023 : Release ▬ Titan Culture Guide 📝
3️⃣1️⃣ : 🧻 Notes ❕
🧻 • Note ❕ The "Demo 🐄" version, ❌does not have 'integrated automation', to automate the signals of this strategy and enjoy a fully automated system, you need to have access to the Pro version with '100% integrated automation' and all the tutorials for automation available. Become a Titan Pro 👽
🧻 • Note ❕ You will also need to be a "Pro User or higher on Tradingview", to be able to use the webhook feature available only for 'paid' profiles on the platform.
With the webhook feature it is possible to send the signals of this strategy to almost anywhere, in our case to centralized or decentralized brokerages, also to popular messaging services such as: Discord, Telegram or Twiter.
3️⃣2️⃣ : 🚨 Disclaimer ❕❗
🚨 • Disclaimer ❕❕ Past positive result and performance of a system does not guarantee its positive result and performance for the future!
🚨 • Disclaimer ❗❗❗ When using this strategy: Titan Investments is totally Exempt from any claim of liability for losses. The responsibility on the management of your funds is solely yours. This is a very high risk/volatility market! Understand your place in the market.
3️⃣3️⃣ : ♻️ ® No Repaint
This Strategy does not Repaint! This is a real strategy!
3️⃣4️⃣ : 🔒 Copyright ©️
Copyright © 2022-2023 All rights reserved, ® Titan Investimentos
3️⃣5️⃣ : 👏 Acknowledgments
I want to start this message in thanks to TradingView and all the Pinescript community for all the 'magic' created here, a unique ecosystem! rich and healthy, a fertile soil, a 'new world' of possibilities, for a complete deepening and improvement of our best personal skills.
I leave here my immense thanks to the whole community: Tradingview, Pinecoders, Wizards and Moderators.
I was not born Rich .
Thanks to TradingView and pinescript and all its transformation.
I could develop myself and the best of me and the best of my skills.
And consequently build wealth and patrimony.
Gratitude.
One more story for the infinite book !
If you were born poor you were born to be rich !
Raising🔼 the level and raising🔼 the ruler! 📏
My work is my 'debauchery'! Do better! 💐🌹
Soul of a first-timer! Creativity Exudes! 🦄
This is the manifestation of God's magic in me. This is the best of me. 🧙
You will copy me, I know. So you owe me. 💋
My mission here is to raise the consciousness and self-esteem of all Titans and Titanids! Welcome! 🧘 🏛️
The only way to accomplish great work is to do what you love ! Before I learned to program I was wasting my life!
Death is the best creation of life .
Now you are the new , but in the not so distant future you will gradually become the old . Here I stay forever!
Playing the game like an Athlete! 🖼️ Enjoy and Enjoy 🍷 🗿
In honor of: BOB ☆
1 name, 3 letters, 3 possibilities, and if read backwards it's the same thing, a palindrome. ☘
Gratitude to the oracles that have enabled me the 'luck' to get this far: Dal&Ni&Fer
3️⃣6️⃣ : 👮 House Rules : 📺 TradingView
House Rules : This publication and strategy follows all TradingView house guidelines and rules:
📺 TradingView House Rules: www.tradingview.com
📺 Script publication rules: www.tradingview.com
📺 Vendor requirements: www.tradingview.com
📺 Links/References rules: www.tradingview.com
3️⃣7️⃣ : 🏛️ Become a Titan Pro member 👽
🟩 Titan Pro 👽 🟩
3️⃣8️⃣ : 🏛️ Be a member Titan Aff 🛸
🟥 Titan Affiliate 🛸 🟥
Titan Investments|Quantitative THEMIS|Demo|BINANCE:BTCUSDTP:4hInvestment Strategy (Quantitative Trading)
| 🛑 | Watch "LIVE" and 'COPY' this strategy in real time:
🔗 Link: www.tradingview.com
Hello, welcome, feel free 🌹💐
Since the stone age to the most technological age, one thing has not changed, that which continues impress human beings the most, is the other human being!
Deep down, it's all very simple or very complicated, depends on how you look at it.
I believe that everyone was born to do something very well in life.
But few are those who have, let's use the word 'luck' .
Few are those who have the 'luck' to discover this thing.
That is why few are happy and successful in their jobs and professions.
Thank God I had this 'luck' , and discovered what I was born to do well.
And I was born to program. 👨💻
📋 Summary : Project Titan
0️⃣ : 🦄 Project Titan
1️⃣ : ⚖️ Quantitative THEMIS
2️⃣ : 🏛️ Titan Community
3️⃣ : 👨💻 Who am I ❔
4️⃣ : ❓ What is Statistical/Probabilistic Trading ❓
5️⃣ : ❓ How Statistical/Probabilistic Trading works ❓
6️⃣ : ❓ Why use a Statistical/Probabilistic system ❓
7️⃣ : ❓ Why the human brain is not prepared to do Trading ❓
8️⃣ : ❓ What is Backtest ❓
9️⃣ : ❓ How to build a Consistent system ❓
🔟 : ❓ What is a Quantitative Trading system ❓
1️⃣1️⃣ : ❓ How to build a Quantitative Trading system ❓
1️⃣2️⃣ : ❓ How to Exploit Market Anomalies ❓
1️⃣3️⃣ : ❓ What Defines a Robust, Profitable and Consistent System ❓
1️⃣4️⃣ : 🔧 Fixed Technical
1️⃣5️⃣ : ❌ Fixed Outputs : 🎯 TP(%) & 🛑SL(%)
1️⃣6️⃣ : ⚠️ Risk Profile
1️⃣7️⃣ : ⭕ Moving Exits : (Indicators)
1️⃣8️⃣ : 💸 Initial Capital
1️⃣9️⃣ : ⚙️ Entry Options
2️⃣0️⃣ : ❓ How to Automate this Strategy ❓ : 🤖 Automation : 'Third-Party Services'
2️⃣1️⃣ : ❓ How to Automate this Strategy ❓ : 🤖 Automation : 'Exchanges
2️⃣2️⃣ : ❓ How to Automate this Strategy ❓ : 🤖 Automation : 'Messaging Services'
2️⃣3️⃣ : ❓ How to Automate this Strategy ❓ : 🤖 Automation : '🧲🤖Copy-Trading'
2️⃣4️⃣ : ❔ Why be a Titan Pro 👽❔
2️⃣5️⃣ : ❔ Why be a Titan Aff 🛸❔
2️⃣6️⃣ : 📋 Summary : ⚖️ Strategy: Titan Investments|Quantitative THEMIS|Demo|BINANCE:BTCUSDTP:4h
2️⃣7️⃣ : 📊 PERFORMANCE : 🆑 Conservative
2️⃣8️⃣ : 📊 PERFORMANCE : Ⓜ️ Moderate
2️⃣9️⃣ : 📊 PERFORMANCE : 🅰 Aggressive
3️⃣0️⃣ : 🛠️ Roadmap
3️⃣1️⃣ : 🧻 Notes ❕
3️⃣2️⃣ : 🚨 Disclaimer ❕❗
3️⃣3️⃣ : ♻️ ® No Repaint
3️⃣4️⃣ : 🔒 Copyright ©️
3️⃣5️⃣ : 👏 Acknowledgments
3️⃣6️⃣ : 👮 House Rules : 📺 TradingView
3️⃣7️⃣ : 🏛️ Become a Titan Pro member 👽
3️⃣8️⃣ : 🏛️ Be a member Titan Aff 🛸
0️⃣ : 🦄 Project Titan
This is the first real, 100% automated Quantitative Strategy made available to the public and the pinescript community for TradingView.
You will be able to automate all signals of this strategy for your broker , centralized or decentralized and also for messaging services : Discord, Telegram or Twitter .
This is the first strategy of a larger project, in 2023, I will provide a total of 6 100% automated 'Quantitative' strategies to the pinescript community for TradingView.
The future strategies to be shared here will also be unique , never before seen, real 'Quantitative' bots with real, validated results in real operation.
Just like the 'Quantitative THEMIS' strategy, it will be something out of the loop throughout the pinescript/tradingview community, truly unique tools for building mutual wealth consistently and continuously for our community.
1️⃣ : ⚖️ Quantitative THEMIS : Titan Investments|Quantitative THEMIS|Demo|BINANCE:BTCUSDTP:4h
This is a truly unique and out of the curve strategy for BTC /USD .
A truly real strategy, with real, validated results and in real operation.
A unique tool for building mutual wealth, consistently and continuously for the members of the Titan community.
Initially we will operate on a monthly, quarterly, annual or biennial subscription service.
Our goal here is to build a great community, in exchange for an extremely fair value for the use of our truly unique tools, which bring and will bring real results to our community members.
With this business model it will be possible to provide all Titan users and community members with the purest and highest degree of sophistication in the market with pinescript for tradingview, providing unique and truly profitable strategies.
My goal here is to offer the best to our members!
The best 'pinescript' tradingview service in the world!
We are the only Start-Up in the world that will decentralize real and full access to truly real 'quantitative' tools that bring and will bring real results for mutual and ongoing wealth building for our community.
2️⃣ : 🏛️ Titan Community : 👽 Pro 🔁 Aff 🛸
Become a Titan Pro 👽
To get access to the strategy: "Quantitative THEMIS" , and future Titan strategies in a 100% automated way, along with all tutorials for automation.
Pro Plans: 30 Days, 90 Days, 12 Months, 24 Months.
👽 Pro 🅼 Monthly
👽 Pro 🆀 Quarterly
👽 Pro🅰 Annual
👽 Pro👾Two Years
You will have access to a truly unique system that is out of the curve .
A 100% real, 100% automated, tested, validated, profitable, and in real operation strategy.
Become a Titan Affiliate 🛸
By becoming a Titan Affiliate 🛸, you will automatically receive 50% of the value of each new subscription you refer .
You will receive 50% for any of the above plans that you refer .
This way we will encourage our community to grow in a fair and healthy way, because we know what we have in our hands and what we deliver real value to our users.
We are at the highest level of sophistication in the market, the consistency here and the results here speak for themselves.
So growing our community means growing mutual wealth and raising collective conscience.
Wealth must be created not divided.
And here we are creating mutual wealth on all ends and in all ways.
A non-zero sum system, where everybody wins.
3️⃣ : 👨💻 Who am I ❔
My name is FilipeSoh I am 26 years old, Technical Analyst, Trader, Computer Engineer, pinescript Specialist, with extensive experience in several languages and technologies.
For the last 4 years I have been focusing on developing, editing and creating pinescript indicators and strategies for Tradingview for people and myself.
Full-time passionate workaholic pinescript developer with over 10,000 hours of pinescript development.
• Pinescript expert ▬Tradingview.
• Specialist in Automated Trading
• Specialist in Quantitative Trading.
• Statistical/Probabilistic Trading Specialist - Mark Douglas Scholl.
• Inventor of the 'Classic Forecast' Indicators.
• Inventor of the 'Backtest Table'.
4️⃣ : ❓ What is Statistical/Probabilistic Trading ❓
Statistical/probabilistic trading is the only way to get a positive mathematical expectation regarding the market and consequently that is the only way to make money consistently from it.
I will present below some more details about the Quantitative THEMIS strategy, it is a real strategy, tested, validated and in real operation, 'Skin in the Game' , a consistent way to make money with statistical/probabilistic trading in a 100% automated.
I am a Technical Analyst , I used to be a Discretionary Trader , today I am 100% a Statistical Trader .
I've gotten rich and made a lot of money, and I've also lost a lot with 'leverage'.
That was a few years ago.
The book that changed everything for me was "Trading in The Zone" by Mark Douglas.
That's when I understood that the market is just a game of statistics and probability, like a casino!
It was then that I understood that the human brain is not prepared for trading, because it involves triggers and mental emotions.
And emotions in trading and in making trading decisions do not go well together, not in the long run, because you always have the burden of being wrong with the outcome of that particular position.
But remembering that the market is just a statistical game!
5️⃣ : ❓ How Statistical/Probabilistic Trading works ❓
Let's use a 'coin' as an example:
If we toss a 'coin' up 10 times.
Do you agree that it is impossible for us to know exactly the result of the 'plays' before they actually happen?
As in the example above, would you agree, that we cannot "guess" the outcome of a position before it actually happens?
As much as we cannot "guess" whether the coin will drop heads or tails on each flip.
We can analyze the "backtest" of the 10 moves made with that coin:
If we analyze the 10 moves and count the number of times the coin fell heads or tails in a specific sequence, we then have a percentage of times the coin fell heads or tails, so we have a 'backtest' of those moves.
Then on the next flip we can now assume a point or a favorable position for one side, the side with the highest probability .
In a nutshell, this is more or less how probabilistic statistical trading works.
As Statistical Traders we can never say whether such a Trader/Position we take will be a winner or a loser.
But still we can have a positive and consistent result in a "sequence" of trades, because before we even open a position, backtests have already been performed so we identify an anomaly and build a system that will have a positive statistical advantage in our favor over the market.
The advantage will not be in one trade itself, but in the "sequence" of trades as a whole!
Because our system will work like a casino, having a positive mathematical expectation relative to the players/market.
Design, develop, test models and systems that can take advantage of market anomalies, until they change.
Be the casino! - Mark Douglas
6️⃣ : ❓ Why use a Statistical/Probabilistic system ❓
In recent years I have focused and specialized in developing 100% automated trading systems, essentially for the cryptocurrency market.
I have developed many extremely robust and efficient systems, with positive mathematical expectation towards the market.
These are not complex systems per se , because here we want to avoid 'over-optimization' as much as possible.
As Da Vinci said: "Simplicity is the highest degree of sophistication".
I say this because I have tested, tried and developed hundreds of systems/strategies.
I believe I have programmed more than 10,000 unique indicators/strategies, because this is my passion and purpose in life.
I am passionate about what I do, completely!
I love statistical trading because it is the only way to get consistency in the long run!
This is why I have studied, applied, developed, and specialized in 100% automated cryptocurrency trading systems.
The reason why our systems are extremely "simple" is because, as I mentioned before, in statistical trading we want to exploit the market anomaly to the maximum, that is, this anomaly will change from time to time, usually we can exploit a trading system efficiently for about 6 to 12 months, or for a few years, that is; for fixed 'scalpers' systems.
Because at some point these anomalies will be identified , and from the moment they are identified they will be exploited and will stop being anomalies .
With the system presented here; you can even copy the indicators and input values shared here;
However; what I have to offer you is: it is me , our team , and our community !
That is, we will constantly monitor this system, for life , because our goal here is to create a unique , perpetual , profitable , and consistent system for our community.
Myself , our team and our community will keep this script periodically updated , to ensure the positive mathematical expectation of it.
So we don't mind sharing the current parameters and values , because the real value is also in the future updates that this system will receive from me and our team , guided by our culture and our community of real users !
As we are hosted on 'tradingview', all future updates for this strategy, will be implemented and updated automatically on your tradingview account.
What we want here is: to make sure you get gains from our system, because if you get gains , our ecosystem will grow as a whole in a healthy and scalable way, so we will be generating continuous mutual wealth and raising the collective consciousness .
People Need People: 3️⃣🅿
7️⃣ : ❓ Why the human brain is not prepared to do Trading ❓
Today my greatest skill is to develop statistically profitable and 100% automated strategies for 'pinescript' tradingview.
Note that I said: 'profitable' because in fact statistical trading is the only way to make money in a 'consistent' way from the market.
And consequently have a positive wealth curve every cycle, because we will be based on mathematics, not on feelings and news.
Because the human brain is not prepared to do trading.
Because trading is connected to the decision making of the cerebral cortex.
And the decision making is automatically linked to emotions, and emotions don't match with trading decision making, because in those moments, we can feel the best and also the worst sensations and emotions, and this certainly affects us and makes us commit grotesque mistakes!
That's why the human brain is not prepared to do trading.
If you want to participate in a fully automated, profitable and consistent trading system; be a Titan Pro 👽
I believe we are walking an extremely enriching path here, not only in terms of financial returns for our community, but also in terms of knowledge about probabilistic and automated statistical trading.
You will have access to an extremely robust system, which was built upon very strong concepts and foundations, and upon the world's main asset in a few years: Bitcoin .
We are the tip of the best that exists in the cryptocurrency market when it comes to probabilistic and automated statistical trading.
Result is result! Me being dressed or naked.
This is just the beginning!
But there is a way to consistently make money from the market.
Being the Casino! - Mark Douglas
8️⃣ : ❓ What is Backtest ❓
Imagine the market as a purely random system, but even in 'randomness' there are patterns.
So now imagine the market and statistical trading as follows:
Repeating the above 'coin' example, let's think of it as follows:
If we toss a coin up 10 times again.
It is impossible to know which flips will have heads or tails, correct?
But if we analyze these 10 tosses, then we will have a mathematical statistic of the past result, for example, 70 % of the tosses fell 'heads'.
That is:
7 moves fell on "heads" .
3 moves fell on "tails" .
So based on these conditions and on the generic backtest presented here, we could adopt " heads " as our system of moves, to have a statistical and probabilistic advantage in relation to the next move to be performed.
That is, if you define a system, based on backtests , that has a robust positive mathematical expectation in relation to the market you will have a profitable system.
For every move you make you will have a positive statistical advantage in your favor over the market before you even make the move.
Like a casino in relation to all its players!
The casino does not have an advantage over one specific player, but over all players, because it has a positive mathematical expectation about all the moves that night.
The casino will always have a positive statistical advantage over its players.
Note that there will always be real players who will make real, million-dollar bankrolls that night, but this condition is already built into the casino's 'strategy', which has a pre-determined positive statistical advantage of that night as a whole.
Statistical trading is the same thing, as long as you don't understand this you will keep losing money and consistently.
9️⃣ : ❓ How to build a Consistent system ❓
See most traders around the world perform trades believing that that specific position taken will make them filthy rich, because they simply believe faithfully that the position taken will be an undoubted winner, based on a trader's methodology: 'trading a trade' without analyzing the whole context, just using 'empirical' aspects in their system.
But if you think of trading, as a sequence of moves.
You see, 'a sequence' !
When we think statistically, it doesn't matter your result for this , or for the next specific trade , but the final sequence of trades as a whole.
As the market has a random system of results distribution , if your system has a positive statistical advantage in relation to the market, at the end of that sequence you'll have the biggest probability of having a winning bank.
That's how you do real trading!
And with consistency!
Trading is a long term game, but when you change the key you realize that it is a simple game to make money in a consistent way from the market, all you need is patience.
Even more when we are based on Bitcoin, which has its 'Halving' effect where, in theory, we will never lose money in 3 to 4 years intervals, due to its scarcity and the fact that Bitcoin is the 'discovery of digital scarcity' which makes it the digital gold, we believe in this thesis and we follow Satoshi's legacy.
So align Bitcoin with a probabilistic statistical trading system with a positive mathematical expectation of the market and 100% automated with the long term, and all you need is patience, and you will become rich.
In fact Bitcoin by itself is already a path, buy, wait for each halving and your wealth will be maintained.
No inflation, unlike fiat currencies.
This is a complete and extremely robust strategy, with the most current possible and 'not possible' techniques involved and applied here.
Today I am at another level in developing 100% automated 'quantitative' strategies.
I was born for this!
🔟 : ❓ What is a Quantitative Trading system ❓
In addition to having access to a revolutionary strategy you will have access to disruptive 100% multifunctional tables with the ability to perform 'backtests' for better tracking and monitoring of your system on a customized basis.
I would like to emphasize one thing, and that is that you keep this in mind.
Today my greatest skill in 'pinescript' is to build indicators, but mainly strategies, based on statistical and probabilistic trading, with a postive mathematical expectation in relation to the market, in a 100% automated way.
This with the goal of building a consistent and continuous positive equity curve through mathematics using data, converting it into statistical / probabilistic parameters and applying them to a Quantitative model.
Before becoming a Quantitative Trader , I was a Technical Analyst and a Discretionary Trader .
First as a position trader and then as a day trader.
Before becoming a Trader, I trained myself as a Technical Analyst , to masterly understand the shape and workings of the market in theory.
But everything changed when I met 'Mark Douglas' , when I got to know his works, that's when my head exploded 🤯, and I started to understand the market for good!
The market is nothing more than a 'random' system of distributing results.
See that I said: 'random' .
Do yourself a mental exercise.
Is there really such a thing as random ?
I believe not, as far as we know maybe the 'singularity'.
So thinking this way, to translate, the market is nothing more than a game of probability, statistics and pure mathematics.
Like a casino!
What happens is that most traders, whenever they take a position, take it with all the empirical certainty that such position will win or lose, and do not take into consideration the total sequence of results to understand their place in the market.
Understanding your place in the market gives you the ability to create and design systems that can exploit the present market anomaly, and thus make money statistically, consistently, and 100% automated.
Thinking of it this way, it is easy to make money from the market.
There are many ways to make money from the market, but the only consistent way I know of is through 'probabilistic and automated statistical trading'.
1️⃣1️⃣ : ❓ How to build a Quantitative Trading system ❓
There are some fundamental points that must be addressed here in order to understand what makes up a system based on statistics and probability applied to a quantitative model.
When we talk about 'discretionary' trading, it is a trading system based on human decisions after the defined 'empirical' conditions are met.
It is quite another thing to build a fully automated system without any human interference/interaction .
That said:
Building a statistically profitable system is perfectly possible, but this is a high level task , but with possible high rewards and consistent gains.
Here you will find a real "Skin In The Game" strategy.
With all due respect, but the vast majority of traders who post strategies on TradingView do not understand what they are doing.
Most of them do not understand the minimum complexity involved in the main variable for the construction of a real strategy, the mother variable: "strategy".
I say this by my own experience, because I have analyzed practically all the existing publications of TradingView + 200,000 indicators and strategies.
I breathe pinescript, I eat pinescript, I sleep pinescript, I bathe pinescript, I live TradingView.
But the main advantage for the TradingView users, is that all entry and exit orders made by this strategy can be checked and analyzed thoroughly, to validate and prove the veracity of this strategy, because this is a 100% real strategy.
Here there is a huge world of possibilities, but only one way to build a 'pinescript strategy' that will work correctly aligned to the real world with real results .
There are some fundamental points to take into consideration when building a profitable trading system:
The most important of these for me is: 'DrawDown' .
Followed by: 'Hit Rate' .
And only after that we use the parameter: 'Profit'.
See, this is because here, we are dealing with the 'imponderable' , and anything can happen in this scenario.
But there is one thing that makes us sleep peacefully at night, and that is: controlling losses .
That is, in other words: controlling the DrawDown .
The amateur is concerned with 'winning', the professional is concerned with conserving capital.
If we have the losses under control, then we can move on to the other two parameters: hit rate and profit.
See, the second most important factor in building a system is the hit rate.
I say this from my own experience.
I have worked with many systems with a 'low hit rate', but extremely profitable.
For example: systems with hit rates of 40 to 50%.
But as much as statistically and mathematically the profit is rewarding, operating systems with a low hit rate is always very stressful psychologically.
That's why there are two big reasons why when I build an automated trading system, I focus on the high hit rate of the system, they are
1 - To reduce psychological damage as much as possible .
2 - And more important , when we create a system with a 'high hit rate' , there is a huge intrinsic advantage here, that most statistic traders don't take in consideration.
That is: knowing more quickly when the system stops being functional.
The main advantage of a system with a high hit rate is: to identify when the system stops being functional and stop exploiting the market's anomaly.
Look: When we are talking about trading and random distribution of results on the market, do you agree that when we create a trading system, we are focused on exploring some anomaly of that market?
When that anomaly is verified by the market, it will stop being functional with time.
That's why trading systems, 'scalpers', especially for cryptocurrencies, need constant monitoring, quarterly, semi-annually or annually.
Because market movements change from time to time.
Because we go through different cycles from time to time, such as congestion cycles, accumulation , distribution , volatility , uptrends and downtrends .
1️⃣2️⃣ : ❓ How to Exploit Market Anomalies ❓
You see there is a very important point that must be stressed here.
As we are always trying to exploit an 'anomaly' in the market.
So the 'number' of indicators/tools that will integrate the system is of paramount importance.
But most traders do not take this into consideration.
To build a professional, robust, consistent, and profitable system, you don't need to use hundreds of indicators to build your setup.
This will actually make it harder to read when the setup stops working and needs some adjustment.
So focusing on a high hit rate is very important here, this is a fundamental principle that is widely ignored , and with a high hit rate, we can know much more accurately when the system is no longer functional much faster.
As Darwin said: "It is not the strongest or the most intelligent that wins the game of life, it is the most adapted.
So simple systems, as contradictory as it may seem, are more efficient, because they help to identify inflection points in the market much more quickly.
1️⃣3️⃣ : ❓ What Defines a Robust, Profitable and Consistent System ❓
See I have built, hundreds of thousands of indicators and 'pinescript' strategies, hundreds of thousands.
This is an extremely professional, robust and profitable system.
Based on the currency pairs: BTC /USDT
There are many ways and avenues to build a profitable trading setup/system.
And actually this is not a difficult task, taking in consideration, as the main factor here, that our trading and investment plan is for the long term, so consequently we will face scenarios with less noise.
He who is in a hurry eats raw.
As mentioned before.
Defining trends in pinescript is technically a simple task, the hardest task is to determine congestion zones with low volume and volatility, it's in these moments that many false signals are generated, and consequently is where most setups face their maximum DrawDown.
That's why this strategy was strictly and thoroughly planned, built on a very solid foundation, to avoid as much noise as possible, for a positive and consistent equity curve in each market cycle, 'Consistency' is our 'Mantra' around here.
1️⃣4️⃣ : 🔧 Fixed Technical
• Strategy: Titan Investments|Quantitative THEMIS|Demo|BINANCE:BTCUSDTP:4h
• Pair: BTC/USDTP
• Time Frame: 4 hours
• Broker: Binance (Recommended)
For a more conservative scenario, we have built the Quantitative THEMIS for the 4h time frame, with the main focus on consistency.
So we can avoid noise as much as possible!
1️⃣5️⃣ : ❌ Fixed Outputs : 🎯 TP(%) & 🛑SL(%)
In order to build a 'perpetual' system specific to BTC/USDT, it took a lot of testing, and more testing, and a lot of investment and research.
There is one initial and fundamental point that we can address to justify the incredible consistency presented here.
That fundamental point is our exit via Take Profit or Stop Loss percentage (%).
🎯 Take Profit (%)
🛑 Stop Loss (%)
See, today I have been testing some more advanced backtesting models for some cryptocurrency systems.
In which I perform 'backtest of backtest', i.e. we use a set of strategies each focused on a principle, operating individually, but they are part of something unique, i.e. we do 'backtests' of 'backtests' together.
What I mean is that we do a lot of backtesting around here.
I can assure you, that always the best output for a trading system is to set fixed output values!
In other words:
🎯 Take Profit (%)
🛑 Stop Loss (%)
This happens because statistically setting fixed exit structures in the vast majority of times, presents a superior result on the capital/equity curve, throughout history and for the vast majority of setups compared to other exit methods.
This is due to a mathematical principle of simplicity, 'avoiding more noise'.
Thus whenever the Quantitative THEMIS strategy takes a position it has a target and a defined maximum stop percentage.
1️⃣6️⃣ : ⚠️ Risk Profile
The strategy, currently has 3 risk profiles ⚠️ patterns for 'fixed percentage exits': Take Profit (%) and Stop Loss (%) .
They are: ⚠️ Rich's Profiles
✔️🆑 Conservative: 🎯 TP=2.7 % 🛑 SL=2.7 %
❌Ⓜ️ Moderate: 🎯 TP=2.8 % 🛑 SL=2.7 %
❌🅰 Aggressive: 🎯 TP=1.6 % 🛑 SL=6.9 %
You will be able to select and switch between the above options and profiles through the 'input' menu of the strategy by navigating to the "⚠️ Risk Profile" menu.
You can then select, test and apply the Risk Profile above that best suits your risk management, expectations and reality , as well as customize all the 'fixed exit' values through the TP and SL menus below.
1️⃣7️⃣ : ⭕ Moving Exits : (Indicators)
The strategy currently also has 'Moving Exits' based on indicator signals.
These are Moving Exits (Indicators)
📈 LONG : (EXIT)
🧃 (MAO) Short : true
📉 SHORT : (EXIT)
🧃 (MAO) Long: false
You can select and toggle between the above options through the 'input' menu of the strategy by navigating to the "LONG : Exit" and "SHORT : Exit" menu.
1️⃣8️⃣ : 💸 Initial Capital
By default the "Initial Capital" set for entries and backtests of this strategy is: 10000 $
You can set another value for the 'Starting Capital' through the tradingview menu under "properties" , and edit the value of the "Initial Capital" field.
This way you can set and test other 'Entry Values' for your trades, tests and backtests.
1️⃣9️⃣ : ⚙️ Entry Options
By default the 'order size' set for this strategy is 100 % of the 'initial capital' on each new trade.
You can set and test other entry options like : contracts , cash , % of equity
You should make these changes directly in the input menu of the strategy by navigating to the menu "⚙️ Properties : TradingView" below.
⚙️ Properties : (TradingView)
📊 Strategy Type: strategy.position_size != 1
📝💲 % Order Type: % of equity
📝💲 % Order Size: 100
Leverage: 1
So you can define and test other 'Entry Options' for your trades, tests and backtests.
2️⃣0️⃣ : ❓ How to Automate this Strategy ❓ : 🤖 Automation : 'Third-Party Services'
It is possible to automate the signals of this strategy for any centralized or decentralized broker, as well as for messaging services: Discord, Telegram and Twitter.
All in an extremely simple and uncomplicated way through the tutorials available in PDF /VIDEO for our Titan Pro 👽 subscriber community.
With our tutorials in PDF and Video it will be possible to automate the signals of this strategy for the chosen service in an extremely simple way with less than 10 steps only.
Tradingview naturally doesn't count with native integration between brokers and tradingview.
But it is possible to use 'third party services' to do the integration and automation between Tradingview and your centralized or decentralized broker.
Here are the standard, available and recommended 'third party services' to automate the signals from the 'Quantitative THEMIS' strategy on the tradingview for your broker:
1) Wundertrading (Recommended):
2) 3commas:
3) Zignaly:
4) Aleeert.com (Recommended):
5) Alertatron:
Note! 'Third party services' cannot perform 'withdrawals' via their key 'API', they can only open positions, so your funds will always be 'safe' in your brokerage firm, being traded via the 'API', when they receive an entry and exit signal from this strategy.
2️⃣1️⃣ : ❓ How to Automate this Strategy ❓ : 🤖 Automation : 'Exchanges
You can automate this strategy for any of the brokers below, through your broker's 'API' by connecting it to the 'third party automation services' for tradingview available and mentioned in the menu above:
1) Binance (Recommended)
2) Bitmex
3) Bybit
4) KuCoin
5) Deribit
6) OKX
7) Coinbase
8) Huobi
9) Bitfinex
10) Bitget
11) Bittrex
12) Bitstamp
13) Gate. io
14) Kraken
15) Gemini
16) Ascendex
17) VCCE
2️⃣2️⃣ : ❓ How to Automate this Strategy ❓ : 🤖 Automation : 'Messaging Services'
You can also automate and monitor the signals of this strategy much more efficiently by sending them to the following popular messaging services:
1) Discord
2) Telegram
3) Twitter
2️⃣3️⃣ : ❓ How to Automate this Strategy ❓ : 🤖 Automation : '🧲🤖Copy-Trading'
It will also be possible to copy/replicate the entries and exits of this strategy to your broker in an extremely simple and agile way, through the available copy-trader services.
This way it will be possible to replicate the signals of this strategy at each entry and exit to your broker through the API connecting it to the integrated copy-trader services available through the tradingview automation services below:
1) Wundetrading:
2) Zignaly:
2️⃣4️⃣ : ❔ Why be a Titan Pro 👽❔
I believe that today I am at another level in 'pinescript' development.
I consider myself today a true unicorn as a pinescript developer, someone unique and very rare.
If you choose another tool or another pinescript service, this tool will be just another one, with no real results.
But if you join our Titan community, you will have access to a unique tool! And you will get real results!
I already earn money consistently with statistical and automated trading and as an expert pinescript developer.
I am here to evolve my skills as much as possible, and one day become a pinescript 'Wizard'.
So excellence, quality and professionalism will always be my north here.
You will never find a developer like me, and who will take so seriously such a revolutionary project as this one. A Maverick! ▬ The man never stops!
Here you will find the highest degree of sophistication and development in the market for 'pinescript'.
You will get the best of me and the best of pinescript possible.
Let me show you how a professional in my field does it.
Become a Titan Pro Member 👽 and get Full Access to this strategy and all the Automation Tutorials.
Be the Titan in your life!
2️⃣5️⃣ : ❔ Why be a Titan Aff 🛸❔
Get financial return for your referrals, Decentralize the World, and raise the collective consciousness.
2️⃣6️⃣ : 📋 Summary : ⚖️ Strategy: Titan Investments|Quantitative THEMIS|Demo|BINANCE:BTCUSDTP:4h
® Titan Investimentos | Quantitative THEMIS ⚖️ | Demo 🐄 2.6 | Dev: © FilipeSoh 🧙 | 🤖 100% Automated : Discord, Telegram, Twitter, Wundertrading, 3commas, Zignaly, Aleeert, Alertatron, Uniswap-v3 | BINANCE:BTCUSDTPERP 4h
🛒 Subscribe this strategy ❗️ Be a Titan Member 🏛️
🛒 Titan Pro 👽 🔗 🏛️ Titan Pro 👽 Version with ✔️100% Integrated Automation 🤖 and 📚 Automation Tutorials ✔️100% available at: (PDF/VIDEO)
🛒 Titan Affiliate 🛸 🔗 🏛️ Titan Affiliate 🛸 (Subscription Sale) 🔥 Receive 50% commission
📋 Summary : QT THEMIS ⚖️
🕵️♂️ Check This Strategy..................................................................0
🦄 ® Titan Investimentos...............................................................1
👨💻 © Developer..........................................................................2
📚 Signal Automation Tutorials : (PDF/VIDEO).......................................3
👨🔧 Revision...............................................................................4
📊 Table : (BACKTEST)..................................................................5
📊 Table : (INFORMATIONS).............................................................6
⚙️ Properties : (TRADINGVIEW)........................................................7
📆 Backtest : (TRADINGVIEW)..........................................................8
⚠️ Risk Profile...........................................................................9
🟢 On 🔴 Off : (LONG/SHORT).......................................................10
📈 LONG : (ENTRY)....................................................................11
📉 SHORT : (ENTRY)...................................................................12
📈 LONG : (EXIT).......................................................................13
📉 SHORT : (EXIT)......................................................................14
🧩 (EI) External Indicator.............................................................15
📡 (QT) Quantitative...................................................................16
🎠 (FF) Forecast......................................................................17
🅱 (BB) Bollinger Bands................................................................18
🧃 (MAP) Moving Average Primary......................................................19
🧃 (MAP) Labels.........................................................................20
🍔 (MAQ) Moving Average Quaternary.................................................21
🍟 (MACD) Moving Average Convergence Divergence...............................22
📣 (VWAP) Volume Weighted Average Price........................................23
🪀 (HL) HILO..........................................................................24
🅾 (OBV) On Balance Volume.........................................................25
🥊 (SAR) Stop and Reverse...........................................................26
🛡️ (DSR) Dynamic Support and Resistance..........................................27
🔊 (VD) Volume Directional..........................................................28
🧰 (RSI) Relative Momentum Index.................................................29
🎯 (TP) Take Profit %..................................................................30
🛑 (SL) Stop Loss %....................................................................31
🤖 Automation Selected...............................................................32
📱💻 Discord............................................................................33
📱💻 Telegram..........................................................................34
📱💻 Twitter...........................................................................35
🤖 Wundertrading......................................................................36
🤖 3commas............................................................................37
🤖 Zignaly...............................................................................38
🤖 Aleeert...............................................................................39
🤖 Alertatron...........................................................................40
🤖 Uniswap-v3..........................................................................41
🧲🤖 Copy-Trading....................................................................42
♻️ ® No Repaint........................................................................43
🔒 Copyright ©️..........................................................................44
🏛️ Be a Titan Member..................................................................45
Nº Active Users..........................................................................46
⏱ Time Left............................................................................47
| 0 | 🕵️♂️ Check This Strategy
🕵️♂️ Version Demo: 🐄 Version with ❌non-integrated automation 🤖 and 📚 Tutorials for automation ❌not available
🕵️♂️ Version Pro: 👽 Version with ✔️100% Integrated Automation 🤖 and 📚 Automation Tutorials ✔️100% available at: (PDF/VIDEO)
| 1 | 🦄 ® Titan Investimentos
Decentralizing the World 🗺
Raising the Collective Conscience 🗺
🦄Site:
🦄TradingView: www.tradingview.com
🦄Discord:
🦄Telegram:
🦄Youtube:
🦄Twitter:
🦄Instagram:
🦄TikTok:
🦄Linkedin:
🦄E-mail:
| 2 | 👨💻 © Developer
🧠 Developer: @FilipeSoh🧙
📺 TradingView: www.tradingview.com
☑️ Linkedin:
✅ Fiverr:
✅ Upwork:
🎥 YouTube:
🐤 Twitter:
🤳 Instagram:
| 3 | 📚 Signal Automation Tutorials : (PDF/VIDEO)
📚 Discord: 🔗 Link: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📚 Telegram: 🔗 Link: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📚 Twitter: 🔗 Link: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📚 Wundertrading: 🔗 Link: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📚 3comnas: 🔗 Link: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📚 Zignaly: 🔗 Link: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📚 Aleeert: 🔗 Link: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📚 Alertatron: 🔗 Link: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📚 Uniswap-v3: 🔗 Link: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📚 Copy-Trading: 🔗 Link: 🔒Titan Pro👽
| 4 | 👨🔧 Revision
👨🔧 Start Of Operations: 01 Jan 2019 21:00 -0300 💡 Start Of Operations (Skin in the game) : Revision 1.0
👨🔧 Previous Review: 01 Jan 2022 21:00 -0300 💡 Previous Review : Revision 2.0
👨🔧 Current Revision: 01 Jan 2023 21:00 -0300 💡 Current Revision : Revision 2.6
👨🔧 Next Revision: 28 May 2023 21:00 -0300 💡 Next Revision : Revision 2.7
| 5 | 📊 Table : (BACKTEST)
📊 Table: true
🖌️ Style: label.style_label_left
📐 Size: size_small
📏 Line: defval
🎨 Color: #131722
| 6 | 📊 Table : (INFORMATIONS)
📊 Table: false
🖌️ Style: label.style_label_right
📐 Size: size_small
📏 Line: defval
🎨 Color: #131722
| 7 | ⚙️ Properties : (TradingView)
📊 Strategy Type: strategy.position_size != 1
📝💲 % Order Type: % of equity
📝💲 % Order Size: 100 %
🚀 Leverage: 1
| 8 | 📆 Backtest : (TradingView)
🗓️ Mon: true
🗓️ Tue: true
🗓️ Wed: true
🗓️ Thu: true
🗓️ Fri: true
🗓️ Sat: true
🗓️ Sun: true
📆 Range: custom
📆 Start: UTC 31 Oct 2008 00:00
📆 End: UTC 31 Oct 2030 23:45
📆 Session: 0000-0000
📆 UTC: UTC
| 9 | ⚠️ Risk Profile
✔️🆑 Conservative: 🎯 TP=2.7 % 🛑 SL=2.7 %
❌Ⓜ️ Moderate: 🎯 TP=2.8 % 🛑 SL=2.7 %
❌🅰 Aggressive: 🎯 TP=1.6 % 🛑 SL=6.9 %
| 10 | 🟢 On 🔴 Off : (LONG/SHORT)
🟢📈 LONG: true
🟢📉 SHORT: true
| 11 | 📈 LONG : (ENTRY)
📡 (QT) Long: true
🧃 (MAP) Long: false
🅱 (BB) Long: false
🍟 (MACD) Long: false
🅾 (OBV) Long: false
| 12 | 📉 SHORT : (ENTRY)
📡 (QT) Short: true
🧃 (MAP) Short: false
🅱 (BB) Short: false
🍟 (MACD) Short: false
🅾 (OBV) Short: false
| 13 | 📈 LONG : (EXIT)
🧃 (MAP) Short: true
| 14 | 📉 SHORT : (EXIT)
🧃 (MAP) Long: false
| 15 | 🧩 (EI) External Indicator
🧩 (EI) Connect your external indicator/filter: false
🧩 (EI) Connect your indicator here (Study mode only): close
🧩 (EI) Connect your indicator here (Study mode only): close
| 16 | 📡 (QT) Quantitative
📡 (QT) Quantitative: true
📡 (QT) Market: BINANCE:BTCUSDTPERP
📡 (QT) Dice: openai
| 17 | 🎠 (FF) Forecast
🎠 (FF) Include current unclosed current candle: true
🎠 (FF) Forecast Type: flat
🎠 (FF) Nº of candles to use in linear regression: 3
| 18 | 🅱 (BB) Bollinger Bands
🅱 (BB) Bollinger Bands: true
🅱 (BB) Type: EMA
🅱 (BB) Period: 20
🅱 (BB) Source: close
🅱 (BB) Multiplier: 2
🅱 (BB) Linewidth: 0
🅱 (BB) Color: #131722
| 19 | 🧃 (MAP) Moving Average Primary
🧃 (MAP) Moving Average Primary: true
🧃 (MAP) BarColor: false
🧃 (MAP) Background: false
🧃 (MAP) Type: SMA
🧃 (MAP) Source: open
🧃 (MAP) Period: 100
🧃 (MAP) Multiplier: 2.0
🧃 (MAP) Linewidth: 2
🧃 (MAP) Color P: #42bda8
🧃 (MAP) Color N: #801922
| 20 | 🧃 (MAP) Labels
🧃 (MAP) Labels: true
🧃 (MAP) Style BUY ZONE: shape.labelup
🧃 (MAP) Color BUY ZONE: #42bda8
🧃 (MAP) Style SELL ZONE: shape.labeldown
🧃 (MAP) Color SELL ZONE: #801922
| 21 | 🍔 (MAQ) Moving Average Quaternary
🍔 (MAQ) Moving Average Quaternary: true
🍔 (MAQ) BarColor: false
🍔 (MAQ) Background: false
🍔 (MAQ) Type: SMA
🍔 (MAQ) Source: close
🍔 (MAQ) Primary: 14
🍔 (MAQ) Secondary: 22
🍔 (MAQ) Tertiary: 44
🍔 (MAQ) Quaternary: 16
🍔 (MAQ) Linewidth: 0
🍔 (MAQ) Color P: #42bda8
🍔 (MAQ) Color N: #801922
| 22 | 🍟 (MACD) Moving Average Convergence Divergence
🍟 (MACD) Macd Type: EMA
🍟 (MACD) Signal Type: EMA
🍟 (MACD) Source: close
🍟 (MACD) Fast: 12
🍟 (MACD) Slow: 26
🍟 (MACD) Smoothing: 9
| 23 | 📣 (VWAP) Volume Weighted Average Price
📣 (VWAP) Source: close
📣 (VWAP) Period: 340
📣 (VWAP) Momentum A: 84
📣 (VWAP) Momentum B: 150
📣 (VWAP) Average Volume: 1
📣 (VWAP) Multiplier: 1
📣 (VWAP) Diviser: 2
| 24 | 🪀 (HL) HILO
🪀 (HL) Type: SMA
🪀 (HL) Function: Maverick🧙
🪀 (HL) Source H: high
🪀 (HL) Source L: low
🪀 (HL) Period: 20
🪀 (HL) Momentum: 26
🪀 (HL) Diviser: 2
🪀 (HL) Multiplier: 1
| 25 | 🅾 (OBV) On Balance Volume
🅾 (OBV) Type: EMA
🅾 (OBV) Source: close
🅾 (OBV) Period: 16
🅾 (OBV) Diviser: 2
🅾 (OBV) Multiplier: 1
| 26 | 🥊 (SAR) Stop and Reverse
🥊 (SAR) Source: close
🥊 (SAR) High: 1.8
🥊 (SAR) Mid: 1.6
🥊 (SAR) Low: 1.6
🥊 (SAR) Diviser: 2
🥊 (SAR) Multiplier: 1
| 27 | 🛡️ (DSR) Dynamic Support and Resistance
🛡️ (DSR) Source D: close
🛡️ (DSR) Source R: high
🛡️ (DSR) Source S: low
🛡️ (DSR) Momentum R: 0
🛡️ (DSR) Momentum S: 2
🛡️ (DSR) Diviser: 2
🛡️ (DSR) Multiplier: 1
| 28 | 🔊 (VD) Volume Directional
🔊 (VD) Type: SMA
🔊 (VD) Period: 68
🔊 (VD) Momentum: 3.8
🔊 (VD) Diviser: 2
🔊 (VD) Multiplier: 1
| 29 | 🧰 (RSI) Relative Momentum Index
🧰 (RSI) Type UP: EMA
🧰 (RSI) Type DOWN: EMA
🧰 (RSI) Source: close
🧰 (RSI) Period: 29
🧰 (RSI) Smoothing: 22
🧰 (RSI) Momentum R: 64
🧰 (RSI) Momentum S: 142
🧰 (RSI) Diviser: 2
🧰 (RSI) Multiplier: 1
| 30 | 🎯 (TP) Take Profit %
🎯 (TP) Take Profit: false
🎯 (TP) %: 2.2
🎯 (TP) Color: #42bda8
🎯 (TP) Linewidth: 1
| 31 | 🛑 (SL) Stop Loss %
🛑 (SL) Stop Loss: false
🛑 (SL) %: 2.7
🛑 (SL) Color: #801922
🛑 (SL) Linewidth: 1
| 32 | 🤖 Automation : Discord | Telegram | Twitter | Wundertrading | 3commas | Zignaly | Aleeert | Alertatron | Uniswap-v3
🤖 Automation Selected : Discord
| 33 | 🤖 Discord
🔗 Link Discord:
🔗 Link 📚 Automation: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Discord ▬ Enter Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Discord ▬ Exit Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Discord ▬ Enter Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Discord ▬ Exit Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
| 34 | 🤖 Telegram
🔗 Link Telegram:
🔗 Link 📚 Automation: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Telegram ▬ Enter Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Telegram ▬ Exit Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Telegram ▬ Enter Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Telegram ▬ Exit Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
| 35 | 🤖 Twitter
🔗 Link Twitter:
🔗 Link 📚 Automation: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Twitter ▬ Enter Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Twitter ▬ Exit Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Twitter ▬ Enter Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Twitter ▬ Exit Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
| 36 | 🤖 Wundertrading : Binance | Bitmex | Bybit | KuCoin | Deribit | OKX | Coinbase | Huobi | Bitfinex | Bitget
🔗 Link Wundertrading:
🔗 Link 📚 Automation: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Wundertrading ▬ Enter Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Wundertrading ▬ Exit Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Wundertrading ▬ Enter Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Wundertrading ▬ Exit Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
| 37 | 🤖 3commas : Binance | Bybit | OKX | Bitfinex | Coinbase | Deribit | Bitmex | Bittrex | Bitstamp | Gate.io | Kraken | Gemini | Huobi | KuCoin
🔗 Link 3commas:
🔗 Link 📚 Automation: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 3commas ▬ Enter Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 3commas ▬ Exit Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 3commas ▬ Enter Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 3commas ▬ Exit Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
| 38 | 🤖 Zignaly : Binance | Ascendex | Bitmex | Kucoin | VCCE
🔗 Link Zignaly:
🔗 Link 📚 Automation: 🔒Titan Pro👽
🤖 Type Automation: Profit Sharing
🤖 Type Provider: Webook
🔑 Key: 🔒Titan Pro👽
🤖 pair: BTCUSDTP
🤖 exchange: binance
🤖 exchangeAccountType: futures
🤖 orderType: market
🚀 leverage: 1x
% positionSizePercentage: 100 %
💸 positionSizeQuote: 10000 $
🆔 signalId: @Signal1234
| 39 | 🤖 Aleeert : Binance
🔗 Link Aleeert:
🔗 Link 📚 Automation: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Aleeert ▬ Enter Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Aleeert ▬ Exit Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Aleeert ▬ Enter Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Aleeert ▬ Exit Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
| 40 | 🤖 Alertatron : Binance | Bybit | Deribit | Bitmex
🔗 Link Alertatron:
🔗 Link 📚 Automation: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Alertatron ▬ Enter Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Alertatron ▬ Exit Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Alertatron ▬ Enter Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Alertatron ▬ Exit Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
| 41 | 🤖 Uniswap-v3
🔗 Link Alertatron:
🔗 Link 📚 Automation: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Uniswap-v3 ▬ Enter Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Uniswap-v3 ▬ Exit Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Uniswap-v3 ▬ Enter Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Uniswap-v3 ▬ Exit Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
| 42 | 🧲🤖 Copy-Trading : Zignaly | Wundertrading
🔗 Link 📚 Copy-Trading: 🔒Titan Pro👽
🧲🤖 Copy-Trading ▬ Zignaly: 🔒Titan Pro👽
🧲🤖 Copy-Trading ▬ Wundertrading: 🔒Titan Pro👽
| 43 | ♻️ ® Don't Repaint!
♻️ This Strategy does not Repaint!: ® Signs Do not repaint❕
♻️ This is a Real Strategy!: Quality : ® Titan Investimentos
📋️️ Get more information about Repainting here:
| 44 | 🔒 Copyright ©️
🔒 Copyright ©️: Copyright © 2023-2024 All rights reserved, ® Titan Investimentos
🔒 Copyright ©️: ® Titan Investimentos
🔒 Copyright ©️: Unique and Exclusive Strategy. All rights reserved
| 45 | 🏛️ Be a Titan Members
🏛️ Titan Pro 👽 Version with ✔️100% Integrated Automation 🤖 and 📚 Automation Tutorials ✔️100% available at: (PDF/VIDEO)
🏛️ Titan Affiliate 🛸 (Subscription Sale) 🔥 Receive 50% commission
| 46 | ⏱ Time Left
Time Left Titan Demo 🐄: ⏱♾ | ⏱ : ♾ Titan Demo 🐄 Version with ❌non-integrated automation 🤖 and 📚 Tutorials for automation ❌not available
Time Left Titan Pro 👽: 🔒Titan Pro👽 | ⏱ : Pro Plans: 30 Days, 90 Days, 12 Months, 24 Months. (👽 Pro 🅼 Monthly, 👽 Pro 🆀 Quarterly, 👽 Pro🅰 Annual, 👽 Pro👾Two Years)
| 47 | Nº Active Users
Nº Active Subscribers Titan Pro 👽: 5️⃣6️⃣ | 1✔️ 5✔️ 10✔️ 100❌ 1K❌ 10K❌ 50K❌ 100K❌ 1M❌ 10M❌ 100M❌ : ⏱ Active Users is updated every 24 hours (Check on indicator)
Nº Active Affiliates Titan Aff 🛸: 6️⃣ | 1✔️ 5✔️ 10❌ 100❌ 1K❌ 10K❌ 50K❌ 100K❌ 1M❌ 10M❌ 100M❌ : ⏱ Active Users is updated every 24 hours (Check on indicator)
2️⃣7️⃣ : 📊 PERFORMANCE : 🆑 Conservative
📊 Exchange: Binance
📊 Pair: BINANCE: BTCUSDTPERP
📊 TimeFrame: 4h
📊 Initial Capital: 10000 $
📊 Order Type: % equity
📊 Size Per Order: 100 %
📊 Commission: 0.03 %
📊 Pyramid: 1
• ⚠️ Risk Profile: 🆑 Conservative: 🎯 TP=2.7 % | 🛑 SL=2.7 %
• 📆All years: 🆑 Conservative: 🚀 Leverage 1️⃣x
📆 Start: September 23, 2019
📆 End: January 11, 2023
📅 Days: 1221
📅 Bars: 7325
Net Profit:
🟢 + 1669.89 %
💲 + 166989.43 USD
Total Close Trades:
⚪️ 369
Percent Profitable:
🟡 64.77 %
Profit Factor:
🟢 2.314
DrawDrown Maximum:
🔴 -24.82 %
💲 -10221.43 USD
Avg Trade:
💲 + 452.55 USD
✔️ Trades Winning: 239
❌ Trades Losing: 130
✔️ Average Gross Win: + 12.31 %
❌ Average Gross Loss: - 9.78 %
✔️ Maximum Consecutive Wins: 9
❌ Maximum Consecutive Losses: 6
% Average Gain Annual: 499.33 %
% Average Gain Monthly: 41.61 %
% Average Gain Weekly: 9.6 %
% Average Gain Day: 1.37 %
💲 Average Gain Annual: 49933 $
💲 Average Gain Monthly: 4161 $
💲 Average Gain Weekly: 960 $
💲 Average Gain Day: 137 $
• 📆 Year: 2020: 🆑 Conservative: 🚀 Leverage 1️⃣x
• 📆 Year: 2021: 🆑 Conservative: 🚀 Leverage 1️⃣x
• 📆 Year: 2022: 🆑 Conservative: 🚀 Leverage 1️⃣x
2️⃣8️⃣ : 📊 PERFORMANCE : Ⓜ️ Moderate
📊 Exchange: Binance
📊 Pair: BINANCE: BTCUSDTPERP
📊 TimeFrame: 4h
📊 Initial Capital: 10000 $
📊 Order Type: % equity
📊 Size Per Order: 100 %
📊 Commission: 0.03 %
📊 Pyramid: 1
• ⚠️ Risk Profile: Ⓜ️ Moderate: 🎯 TP=2.8 % | 🛑 SL=2.7 %
• 📆 All years: Ⓜ️ Moderate: 🚀 Leverage 1️⃣x
📆 Start: September 23, 2019
📆 End: January 11, 2023
📅 Days: 1221
📅 Bars: 7325
Net Profit:
🟢 + 1472.04 %
💲 + 147199.89 USD
Total Close Trades:
⚪️ 362
Percent Profitable:
🟡 63.26 %
Profit Factor:
🟢 2.192
DrawDrown Maximum:
🔴 -22.69 %
💲 -9269.33 USD
Avg Trade:
💲 + 406.63 USD
✔️ Trades Winning: 229
❌ Trades Losing : 133
✔️ Average Gross Win: + 11.82 %
❌ Average Gross Loss: - 9.29 %
✔️ Maximum Consecutive Wins: 9
❌ Maximum Consecutive Losses: 8
% Average Gain Annual: 440.15 %
% Average Gain Monthly: 36.68 %
% Average Gain Weekly: 8.46 %
% Average Gain Day: 1.21 %
💲 Average Gain Annual: 44015 $
💲 Average Gain Monthly: 3668 $
💲 Average Gain Weekly: 846 $
💲 Average Gain Day: 121 $
• 📆 Year: 2020: Ⓜ️ Moderate: 🚀 Leverage 1️⃣x
• 📆 Year: 2021: Ⓜ️ Moderate: 🚀 Leverage 1️⃣x
• 📆 Year: 2022: Ⓜ️ Moderate: 🚀 Leverage 1️⃣x
2️⃣9️⃣ : 📊 PERFORMANCE : 🅰 Aggressive
📊 Exchange: Binance
📊 Pair: BINANCE: BTCUSDTPERP
📊 TimeFrame: 4h
📊 Initial Capital: 10000 $
📊 Order Type: % equity
📊 Size Per Order: 100 %
📊 Commission: 0.03 %
📊 Pyramid: 1
• ⚠️ Risk Profile: 🅰 Aggressive: 🎯 TP=1.6 % | 🛑 SL=6.9 %
• 📆 All years: 🅰 Aggressive: 🚀 Leverage 1️⃣x
📆 Start: September 23, 2019
📆 End: January 11, 2023
📅 Days: 1221
📅 Bars: 7325
Net Profit:
🟢 + 989.38 %
💲 + 98938.38 USD
Total Close Trades:
⚪️ 380
Percent Profitable:
🟢 84.47 %
Profit Factor:
🟢 2.156
DrawDrown Maximum:
🔴 -17.88 %
💲 -9182.84 USD
Avg Trade:
💲 + 260.36 USD
✔️ Trades Winning: 321
❌ Trades Losing: 59
✔️ Average Gross Win: + 5.75 %
❌ Average Gross Loss: - 14.51 %
✔️ Maximum Consecutive Wins: 21
❌ Maximum Consecutive Losses: 6
% Average Gain Annual: 295.84 %
% Average Gain Monthly: 24.65 %
% Average Gain Weekly: 5.69 %
% Average Gain Day: 0.81 %
💲 Average Gain Annual: 29584 $
💲 Average Gain Monthly: 2465 $
💲 Average Gain Weekly: 569 $
💲 Average Gain Day: 81 $
• 📆 Year: 2020: 🅰 Aggressive: 🚀 Leverage 1️⃣x
• 📆 Year: 2021: 🅰 Aggressive: 🚀 Leverage 1️⃣x
• 📆 Year: 2022: 🅰 Aggressive: 🚀 Leverage 1️⃣x
3️⃣0️⃣ : 🛠️ Roadmap
🛠️• 14/ 01 /2023 : Titan THEMIS Launch
🛠️• Updates January/2023 :
• 📚 Tutorials for Automation 🤖 already Available : ✔️
• ✔️ Discord
• ✔️ Wundertrading
• ✔️ Zignaly
• 📚 Tutorials for Automation 🤖 In Preparation : ⭕
• ⭕ Telegram
• ⭕ Twitter
• ⭕ 3comnas
• ⭕ Aleeert
• ⭕ Alertatron
• ⭕ Uniswap-v3
• ⭕ Copy-Trading
🛠️• Updates February/2023 :
• 📰 Launch of advertising material for Titan Affiliates 🛸
• 🛍️🎥🖼️📊 (Sales Page/VSL/Videos/Creative/Infographics)
🛠️• 28/05/2023 : Titan THEMIS update ▬ Version 2.7
🛠️• 28/05/2023 : BOT BOB release ▬ Version 1.0
• (Native Titan THEMIS Automation - Through BOT BOB, a bot for automation of signals, indicators and strategies of TradingView, of own code ▬ in validation.
• BOT BOB
Automation/Connection :
• API - For Centralized Brokers.
• Smart Contracts - Wallet Web - For Decentralized Brokers.
• This way users can automate any indicator or strategy of TradingView and Titan in a decentralized, secure and simplified way.
• Without having the need to use 'third party services' for automating TradingView indicators and strategies like the ones available above.
🛠️• 28/05/2023 : Release ▬ Titan Culture Guide 📝
3️⃣1️⃣ : 🧻 Notes ❕
🧻 • Note ❕ The "Demo 🐄" version, ❌does not have 'integrated automation', to automate the signals of this strategy and enjoy a fully automated system, you need to have access to the Pro version with '100% integrated automation' and all the tutorials for automation available. Become a Titan Pro 👽
🧻 • Note ❕ You will also need to be a "Pro User or higher on Tradingview", to be able to use the webhook feature available only for 'paid' profiles on the platform.
With the webhook feature it is possible to send the signals of this strategy to almost anywhere, in our case to centralized or decentralized brokerages, also to popular messaging services such as: Discord, Telegram or Twiter.
3️⃣2️⃣ : 🚨 Disclaimer ❕❗
🚨 • Disclaimer ❕❕ Past positive result and performance of a system does not guarantee its positive result and performance for the future!
🚨 • Disclaimer ❗❗❗ When using this strategy: Titan Investments is totally Exempt from any claim of liability for losses. The responsibility on the management of your funds is solely yours. This is a very high risk/volatility market! Understand your place in the market.
3️⃣3️⃣ : ♻️ ® No Repaint
This Strategy does not Repaint! This is a real strategy!
3️⃣4️⃣ : 🔒 Copyright ©️
Copyright © 2022-2023 All rights reserved, ® Titan Investimentos
3️⃣5️⃣ : 👏 Acknowledgments
I want to start this message in thanks to TradingView and all the Pinescript community for all the 'magic' created here, a unique ecosystem! rich and healthy, a fertile soil, a 'new world' of possibilities, for a complete deepening and improvement of our best personal skills.
I leave here my immense thanks to the whole community: Tradingview, Pinecoders, Wizards and Moderators.
I was not born Rich .
Thanks to TradingView and pinescript and all its transformation.
I could develop myself and the best of me and the best of my skills.
And consequently build wealth and patrimony.
Gratitude.
One more story for the infinite book !
If you were born poor you were born to be rich !
Raising🔼 the level and raising🔼 the ruler! 📏
My work is my 'debauchery'! Do better! 💐🌹
Soul of a first-timer! Creativity Exudes! 🦄
This is the manifestation of God's magic in me. This is the best of me. 🧙
You will copy me, I know. So you owe me. 💋
My mission here is to raise the consciousness and self-esteem of all Titans and Titanids! Welcome! 🧘 🏛️
The only way to accomplish great work is to do what you love ! Before I learned to program I was wasting my life!
Death is the best creation of life .
Now you are the new , but in the not so distant future you will gradually become the old . Here I stay forever!
Playing the game like an Athlete! 🖼️ Enjoy and Enjoy 🍷 🗿
In honor of: BOB ☆
1 name, 3 letters, 3 possibilities, and if read backwards it's the same thing, a palindrome. ☘
Gratitude to the oracles that have enabled me the 'luck' to get this far: Dal&Ni&Fer
3️⃣6️⃣ : 👮 House Rules : 📺 TradingView
House Rules : This publication and strategy follows all TradingView house guidelines and rules:
📺 TradingView House Rules: www.tradingview.com
📺 Script publication rules: www.tradingview.com
📺 Vendor requirements: www.tradingview.com
📺 Links/References rules: www.tradingview.com
3️⃣7️⃣ : 🏛️ Become a Titan Pro member 👽
🟩 Titan Pro 👽 🟩
3️⃣8️⃣ : 🏛️ Be a member Titan Aff 🛸
🟥 Titan Affiliate 🛸 🟥
Waverider [Loxx]Waverider is a momentum strategy that probes historical data to find the optimal entries based on measures of volatility and gaussian adaptive filtering. To accomplish this, after each successful trade, XX trades will be skipped until a specific loss count is achieved after which the strategy will activate again, searching for the next trade.
Features
Select long/short profit target and stoploss by %
Skip weekends
Toggle on/off adaptive divergence detection and forced exit
